IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURDA COPPER MINING...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURDA COPPER MINING PROJECT

AT

MOSABANI BLOCK, DISTRICT EAST SINGHBHUM JHARKHAND

Project Proponent

11.S2.2013.EE.2105 March, 2016

MECON LIMITED(A Govt. of India Enterprise)Vivekananda PathPO. DorandaDist – Ranchi, Jharkhand - 834002CERTIFICATE NO: NABET/EIA/1013/031

Environmental Consultant

HINDUSTAN COPPER LIMITED(A Govt. of India Enterprise)

Tamra Bhawan,1, Ashutosh Chowdhury AvenueKolkata - 700019

VOLUME – I : EIA/EMP Report

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURDA COPPER MINING PROJECT

AT

MOSABANI BLOCK, DISTRICT EAST SINGHBHUM JHARKHAND

Baseline Monitoring Period: Post Monsoon 2012 & Post Monsoon 2014

Project Proponent

11.S2.2013.EE.2105 March, 2016

MECON LIMITED(A Govt. of India Enterprise)Vivekananda PathPO. DorandaDist – Ranchi, Jharkhand - 834002CERTIFICATE NO: NABET/EIA/1013/031

Environmental Consultant

HINDUSTAN COPPER LIMITED(A Govt. of India Enterprise)

Tamra Bhawan,1, Ashutosh Chowdhury AvenueKolkata - 700019

VOLUME – I : EIA/EMP Report

+fri{ frFT}g ( qr.ra rrrcnn e-T €€ern)MECON LIMITED (AG.'ERNMENT oF rNDrA ENTER'RTsE)

uenT ?5rq[-ffq (Head office) , ri*-2, Ff{GNug, llf{it, Ranchi-2, Jharkhand, tndia, qt{zptrone : 0651-2483ggg, *-ffi,rr" x;0651-2482't8gt2482214F-rlTT/E-mail : [email protected], *t{llf,e,zwebsite : http:// www.meconlimited.co.in

Cf N No. : U7 4140JH'1973GO10011 99

Declaration by experts contributing to EIA/EMP Studies for Proposed Expansionof Surda Copper Mining Project, Dist. East Singhbhum, Jharkhand

We, hereby certify that we were a part of the EIA/EMP report team in the following capacity

that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinatori ,

Name :

Signature & Date:

Period ofInvolvement:

ContactInformation:

Functional Area

June, 2OL2, till date.

Ph IO65L'248L3L4,0651-2483245ie-mail : [email protected]

Expefts

sl.No.

FunctionalAreas

Name of ExpeftInvolvement

(Period & Task) Signature

1. AP

C.D, GoswamiAug.,20L2 till dateAir Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control W

S. AdakJune,20L2 till dateAir Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

(/"__#h2. WP S. Adak

June,20L2 till dateWater Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction /*--4ry

3. SHW

Dr. Bipul KumarSept.,2012 till dateSolid Waste & Hazardous Waste Management Lr,->z

Palash BanerjeeJune, 2012 till dateSolid Waste & Hazardous Waste Management &*-

4. SEDr. S,

BhattacharyaSept.,2012 till dateSocio-economic studies. >rr

5. EB S. Adak)une,2012 till dateEcoloqy and Biodiversity.

6. GEO A.K. MishraAug.,2012 tilldateGeoloov.

7. SC Dr, S.K. SinghSept,,2012 till dateSoil Conservation

I,k Ar<L-

B. AQ

Dr, V.V.S.N.Pinakapani

Aug.,2012 till dateMeteorological and Air Quality Modeling andPrediction

16r,,r\t*^r"rv

Vishal SkariaJune,20L2 till dateMeteorological and Air Quality Modeling andPrediction

lrJtwin

T$ frd/New oettri+91-11-2204 1201 (Phone)

+91-11-2204 1214 (Fax)delhi@meconlimited co in

Fl/Mumbai+91-22-2781 21 55-58 (Phone)

+91-22-2781 2275 (Fax)mumbai@meconlimited co.in

Major Offices:

4taqtmzxottata+91 -33-2282 238 1 -82 (Phone)

+91-33-2282 4441 (Fax)kolkata@meconlimited co.in

frzcnennai+91-44-261 I 4873 (Phone)

+91-44-2618 4874 ([email protected]

irr{s/Bangalore*91-80-2657 1 661 -63 (Phone)

+91-80-2657 6352 (Fax)[email protected] in

Ref. CONTINUATION SHEET

sl.No.

FunctionalAreas

Name of ExpeftInvolvement

(Period & Task)Signature

9, NVDr. M. K.

MukhopadhyayJune,20L2 till dateNoise / Vibration

10. LU Vishal SkariaJune,2012 till dateLand Use studies. J-U %t"".r,4

11. RHDr. M. K,

MukhopadhyayJune, 2012 till dateRisk Assessment & Hazard Management

t2. HG

Dr. M. K.

Mukhopadhyay)une,2012 till dateHydrology, Ground water & Water Conseruation

Palash BanerjeeJune, 2012 till dateHydrology, Ground water & Water Conservation

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, C.D.Goswomi hereby confirm thot the obove mentioned exPerts

prepored the EIA/EIfuP report for Proposed Exponsion of Surdo Copper

Mining Project. I olso confirm thot I sholl be fully occountoble for ony mis-

leoding informotion mentioned in this stotement.

(c.D.GSSWAM|IJI. GM

ENV. EFJGG. TgCIION.fr

Designotion: Jt. Generol Monoger'Qulh:ri;:;;'i ;iigrratoryforS'\ F-c p:-:; - -:i;i {jlri. ,t:l;:re*itatloa

Nome of the EfA Consultont Orgonizqtion: IIIECON Limited

NABET Certificate No. & fssue Dote: NABET/EIA/IOI3/031 doted, Oct.,

01, 2010

trrfqfrls,ff- $4002MECON LIMITED, RANCHI- 834002

EIA/EMP Studies for Proposed Expansion of Surda Copper Mining Project

©, 2016 MECON LIMITED, All rights reserved

Terms of Reference i

COVERAGE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks

1 Status of compliance of the earlier EC conditions along with supporting documents and photographs should be submitted.

Application for EC being submitted for first time.

2 Year-wise production details since 1994 onwards and clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification, 1994 coming into force w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994.

2 2.5.2 Maximum production prior to 1994 was 400,008 t (1989-90). Max. Production after 1994 was 3,98,569 t (2013 – 14)

3 A copy of the document in support of the fact that the proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.

1 & 2

1.2.2 & 2.6.2

Enclosed as Annexure 1.1 and Annexure 2.1.

4 All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and public hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management and mining technology and should be in the name of the lessee.

Noted and complied

5 All corner co-ordinates of the mine lease area superimposed on High Resolution Imagery / Toposheet should be provided.

1 1.2.1 Enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/01(B).

6 Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

6 6.4.1 Environment Policy enclosed as Annexure 6.1

7 Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedure s to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

6 6.4.1 Environment Policy enclosed as Annexure 6.1

8 What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC conditions. Details of this system may be given.

6 6.4.2 Fig. 6.1



Terms of Reference ii

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks 9 Does the company have a system of reporting non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA Report.

6 6.4.2 Fig. 6.1

10 The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA as such as waste generation should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

3

3.1

4 4.2 11 Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary and national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated.

3 3.3.4

Land use in Study Area illustrated in Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/10

12 Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass pre-operational, operational and post operational phases and submitted.

3 3.3.4 Table 3.3 4 4.1.1.1 Table 4.2

13 Details of the land for OB dump outside the mine lease such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R & R issues, if any, should be given.

4 4.1.1.1 & 4.2

No external dumps. All waste rock will be used for filling mined out voids.

14 High resolution satellite imagery of the proposed area clearly showing the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone) should be furnished.

3 3.3.4 Enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/10.

15 A certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any in the project area or otherwise, based on land use classification (revenue record) as also in terms of the definition of forest as pronounced in the Judgement of the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the matter of T.N. Godavarman Vs. Union of India. In the event of any claim by the project proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representatives of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

2 2.6.2 Forestry Clearance for 31.07 ha and 52.44 ha obtained from MoEFCC.



Terms of Reference iii

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks 16 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forest land involved in the

project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA). A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

2 2.6.2 Forestry Clearance for 31.07 ha and 52.44 ha obtained from MOEF&CC.

17 Implementation of status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

3 3.4.6.1 Copy of application w.r.t. FRA 2006 submitted to State Govt. is enclosed as Annexure A.

18 Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected areas and accordingly detailed mitigative measures required should be worked out with cost implications and submitted.

4 4.6

19 The vegetation in the RF / PF area with necessary details should be given. 3 3.4.6 20 A study should be got done to ascertain the impact of the mining project on wildlife of the area

including on elephant population and details furnished. 4 4.6

21 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife corridors, Tiger / Elephant Reserves (existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated. A location map duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden should be provided in this regard. Necessary clearance, if any, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above should be obtained from the State wildlife Department / Chief Wildlife Warden under Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and copy furnished.

3 3.3.2 No such features present within 10 km of mine. A map along with list of flora and fauna authenticated by the concerned Divisional Forest Officer has been enclosed with the Questionnaire for Environmental Appraisal as Annexure 1.

22 A detailed biological study for the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on field survey clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any schedule – I fauna found in

3 3.4.6



Terms of Reference iv

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks the study area, the necessary plan for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with the State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementation of same should be made as part of the project cost.

23 Impact of change of land use should be given. 4 4.1.1 24 R & R plan / compensation details for the project affected people should be furnished. While

preparing the R & R plan, the National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs / STs and other weaker sections, need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirement and action programmes prepared accordingly integrating the sectoral programme of line departments of the State Government.

5 5.2 No displacement of people due to project. Hence R & R issue.

25 One season (non monsoon) primary baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ data so collected presented date wise in the EIA and EMP report. . Site specific meteorological data should also be collected. The locations of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant down-wind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should at least be one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant down-wind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10 particularly for free silica should be given.

3 3.4

26 Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The detail of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

4 4.4



Terms of Reference v

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks 27 The water requirement for the project, its availability and source to be furnished. A detailed

water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the project should also be indicated.

2 2.10 Water balance diagram given as Fig. 2.5.

28 Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawal of the requisite quantity of water for the project should be provided.

Copy of application for water drawal is enclosed as Annexure 2.3.

29 Details of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the project. 4 4.3.2 30 Impact of the project on the water quality both surface and ground water should be assessed

and necessary safe guard measures, if any required should be provided. 4 4.3

31 Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect ground water. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect ground water table, a detailed hydro-geological study should be undertaken and the report furnished. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

4 4.1.1.1 & 4.3.1.3

Table 4.1

32 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise if any passing through lease area and modification/ diversion proposed, if any and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

4 4.3

33 Details of rain water harvesting, if any, in the project should be provided. 4 4.3.2 Annexure 4.1 34 Information on site elevation, working depth, ground water table should be provided both in

AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same. 4 4.1.1.

Table 4.1

35 Quantity of solid waste generation to be estimated and details for its disposal and management should be provided. The quantity, volumes and methodology for removal and utilization (preferably concurrently) of top soil should be indicated. Details of backfilling

4 4.2



Terms of Reference vi

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks proposed, if any, should also be given. It may be clearly indicated that out of the total waste generated during the mine life, how much quantity would be backfilled and how much quantity would be disposed off in the form of external dump (number of dumps, their height, terraces etc. to be brought out).

36 The reclamation plan, post mine land use and progressive green-belt development plan shall be prepared in tabular form (prescribed format) and submitted.

4 4.1.1.2 Table 4.2 & Table 4.3

37 Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the project in the present road network (including those outside the project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the increased load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered.

2 2.7.10

38 Details of infrastructure facilities to be provided for the mine workers should be included in the EIA report.

2 2.8

39 Conceptual post mine land use and Reclamation and Rehabilitation of mined out area (with plans and adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA Report.

4 4.1.1.1 Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/11

40 Phase-wise plan of greenbelt development, plantation and compensatory afforestation clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of the plantation already done should be given.

4 4.6.2 Table 4.5

41 Occupational health impact of the project should be anticipated and preventive measures initiated. Details in this regard should be provided. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodic medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP.

4 4.7

42 Public health implication of the project and related activities for the population in the impact 4 4.7



Terms of Reference vii

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks zone should be systematically evaluated and proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocation.

6

6.3.7

Table 6.4

43 Measures of socio-economic influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the project proponent. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frame for implementation.

5 5.2 Table 5.3, 5.4 & 5.5

44 Detailed environmental management plan to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impact due to change of land use, due to loss of agricultural land and grazing land if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts of the project.

4 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8

45 Public hearing points raised and commitment of the project proponent on the same along with time bound action plan to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the Final EIA / EMP Report of the project.

5 5.1.2

46 Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction / order passed by any Court of Law against the project should be given.

2 2.6.2 No litigation against project pending

47 The cost of the project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.

6 6.3.7

a A note confirming compliance of the TOR, with cross referencing of the relevant sections / pages of the EIA should be provided.

Noted and complied

b All documents may be properly referenced with index, page numbers and continuous page numbering.

Noted and complied

c Where data is presented in the report especially in tables, the period in which the data was collected and the sources should be indicated.

Noted and complied

d Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation Noted and complied



Terms of Reference viii

Sl. No. ToR Chapter Clause(s) Remarks should be provided.

e The Questionnaire for Environmental Appraisal of Mining Projects as devised earlier by the Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

It is submitted as Volume-II Final EIA / EMP Report

f Approved mine plan along with copy of the approval letter for the proposed capacity should also be submitted.

Copy of Mine Plan Approval letter enclosed as Annexure 2.2.

g While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013 / 41 / 2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009 which are available on the website of this ministry should also be followed.

Noted and complied

h Changes, if any, made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form – I and the F.R for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF with reasons for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered. Post Public Hearing changes in the structure and content of the Draft EIA / EMP (other than modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with revised documentation.

Noted and complied

6 The EIA report should also include: (i) Surface plan of the area indicating contours of main topographic features, drainage and

mining area, (ii) Geological maps and sections (iii) Sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of

the adjoining area.

2 2 2

2.7.5.2

2.7.2

2.7.5.2

Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/02

Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/03 Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/04 Fig.2.4a, Fig.2.4b

EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion of Surda Copper Mining Project


Contents i

CONTENTS

Chapter Title Page nos.

Executive Summary ES-1 to ES-15

1 Introduction 1 to 5

2 Project Description 6 to 30

3 Description of the Environment 31 to 119

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 120 to 141

5 Additional Studies 142 to 165

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 166 to 177

7 Administrative Aspects of EMP Implementation 178 to 180

8 Benefits of the Project 181 to 182

9 Summary and Conclusions 183 to 184

10 Disclosure of the Consultant 185 to 190



Contents ii

LIST OF TABLES

Table Nos. Title Table 2.1.1 History of Surda Mine Lease Table 2.1.2 Year-wise Production since 1993-94 Table 2.2 Production Planning of Surda Mine Table 2.3 Summary of Reserves / Resources as on 31st March, 2015 Table 2.4 Design Features of Stopes Table 2.5 Existing Equipment at Surda Mine Table 2.6 Equipment Required for Expanded Surda Mine (0.9 Mt/yr) Table 2.7 Water Requirement Table 3.1 Environmental Components and the Methodologies Table 3.2 Approximate land use in Study Area Table 3.3 Landuse in Core Zone Table 3.4 Industries and Mines around Surda Mine Table 3.5. Summarised Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon Table 3.6 Wind Frequency Distribution at Surda Table 3.7 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Stations Table 3.8 Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment used Table 3.9 National Ambient Air Quality Standards Table 3.10.1 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Surda Mine Office Table 3.10.2 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Purnapani Table 3.10.3 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Latabera Table 3.10.4 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Laukesra Table 3.10.5 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Vill. Rangamatiya Table 3.10.6 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Terenga Table 3.10.7 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Vill. Upper Royam Table 3.10.8 Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Ghatsila Table 3.11 Summarised Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results Table 3.12 Summarised Results of Work Zone Air Quality Monitoring Table 3.13 Physical Characteristics Sub-water shed Table 3.14 Monthly Water Balance by Thronwaite’s Method Table 3.15 Measured water levels in buffer zone study area Table 3.16 Water sampling locations



Contents iii

Table Nos. Title Table 3.17.1 Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW1 Table 3.17.2 Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW2 Table 3.17.3 Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW3 Table 3.17.4 Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW4 Table 3.18 Water Quality Criteria as per Central Pollution Control Board Table 3.19.1 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW1 Table 3.19.2 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW2 Table 3.19.3 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW3 Table 3.19.4 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW4 Table 3.19.5 Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW5 Table 3.20 Results of Effluent Analysis for sample EW 1 Table 3.21 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations Table 3.22 Summarised Results of Noise Monitoring

Table 3.23 Ambient Air Quality norms in respect of Noise (As Per Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environment Protection Rules)

Table 3.24 Summarised Results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring Table 3.25 List of Soil Sampling Locations Table 3.26 Physical Properties of Soil Table 3.27 Chemical Properties of Soil Table 3.28 Available NPK contents in soil Table 3.29 Exchangeable Cations Table 3.30 Available Micro-nutrients in Soil Table 3.31 List of Plants found in the Core Zone Table 3.32 Composition of Virgin Forest in Western Part of Core Zone

Table 3.33 Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in Western Part of Core Zone

Table 3.34 Composition of Virgin Forest in Northern Part of Core Zone Table 3.35 Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in Northern Part of Core Zone Table 3.36 Composition of Virgin Forest in North-Western Part of Core Table 3.37 Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in North-Western Part of Core Zone Table 3.38 Composition of Virgin Forest in South-Western Part of Core Table 3.39 Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in South-Western Part of Core Zone Table 3.40 List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Core Zone Table 3.41 List of Plants Found in the Buffer Zone of the Study Area



Contents iv

Table Nos. Title Table 3.42 Composition of Forest ~3 km NW of Core Zone

Table 3.43 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~3 km NW of Core Zone Table 3.44 Composition of Forest 6 km NW of Core Zone Table 3.45 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~6 km NW of Core Zone Table 3.46 Composition of Forest ~3.5 km South of Core Zone Table 3.47 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest 3.5 km South of Core Zone Table 3.48 Composition of Forest ~5.5 km West of Core Zone Table 3.49 Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~5.5 km West of Core Zone Table 3.50 List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Study Area Table 3.51 Traffic Density Table 3.52 Demographic pattern of the study area Table 3.53 Details of village-wise demographic pattern Table 3.54 Distribution of households by holding size Table 3.55 Demand Functions For Food And Non-Food Items Table 3.56 Source-wise distribution of family consumption Table 3.57 Educational Status of the people of the Study Area Table 4.1 Site elevation, working depth and ground water level Table 4.2 Existing land use and the land use at the end of the mine’s life Table 4.3 Post mining land use pattern (ha) Table 4.4 Inputs for estimation of TARR Table 4.5 Requirement of Saplings for afforestation / Reclamation Table 4.6 Category wise deployment of workers Table 4.7 Year-wise Accident Statistics Table 4.8 Job-wise Accident Analysis Table 4.9 Cause-wise Accident Analysis Table 4.10 Cause-wise Accident Analysis Table 4.11 Results of Periodical Medical Examination Table 4.12 Annual Budget for Occupational Health Activities Table 5.1 Peoples’ Perception Regarding the Project Table 5.2 Fitted Consumption Function Table 5.3 CSR activities by ICC in nearby villages (2012-13) Table 5.4 CSR activities by ICC in nearby villages (2013-14) Table 5.5 CSR activities by ICC in nearby villages (2014-15)



Contents v

Table Nos. Title Table 5.6 Engineering Classification of Rock Mass Table 5.7 Compressive Strength of Rock Samples Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme Table 6.2 Equipment / Instruments for Environmental Laboratory Table 6.3 Important reports to be maintained for Environmental Monitoring Plan Table 6.4 Cost of environmental protection measures Table 7.1 Manpower requirement at EEC

Table 10.1 Details of sectors accorded to MECON under the QCI-NABET scheme for accreditation of EIA consultant organization

Table 10.2 Brief description of the Functional Area Experts of MECON Table 10.3 List of Computer models for Environmental Studies Table 10.4 List of Major Equipment at Environmental Laboratory



Contents vi

LIST OF FIGURES Fig. No. Title

Fig. 2.1 Layout of Room and Pillar Method Fig. 2.2 Layout of Cut and Fill Method Fig. 2.3 Layout of Post Pillar Method Fig. 2.4a Vertical Section through mine up to 8th Level Fig. 2.4b Vertical Section through mine, From 8th to 13th Level Fig. 2.5 Water Balance for Surda Mine showing Peak Water Demand Fig. 3.1 Monthly average of daily maximum and minimum temperature of the region Fig. 3.2 Monthly variation of rainfall vis-à-vis potential evapo-transpiration Fig. 3.3.1 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012 (Overall) Fig. 3.3.2 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012 (Day Time) Fig. 3.3.3 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012 (Night Time) Fig. 3.3.4 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Overall) Fig. 3.3.5 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Day Time) Fig. 3.3.6 Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Night Time) Fig. 3.4 Annual Water Balance in sub-water shed Fig. 6.1 Non Compliance Reporting Protocol



Contents vii

LIST OF DRAWINGS

Sl. No. Drawing No. Title

1 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/1.0(A) Location map

2 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/1.0(B) Map showing Surda M.L. & study area superimposed over SOI toposheet

3 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/2.0 Surface plan

4 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/3.0 Surface geological plan

5 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/4.0 Geological sections

6 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/5.0 Section along the proposed shaft yearwise development

7 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/6.1 Plan showing proposed mine development till end of work

8 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/6.2 Cross section showing proposed mine development till end of work

9 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/7.0 Master plan

10 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/08 Physiography of the study area

11 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/09 Drainage in the study area

12 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/10 Landuse in the study area

13 MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/11 Post mining land use plan



Contents viii

LIST OF ANNEXURES Annexure No. Title

Annexure A Copy of application w.r.t. FRA 2006 Annexure 1.1 Copy of the lease deed Annexure 1.2 Copy of approved TOR Annexure 2.1 Copy of lease grant letter Annexure 2.2 Copy of Mine plan approval letter Annexure 2.3 Copy of application for water drawal Annexure 4.1 Copy of rain water harvesting proposal Annexure 6.1 Copy of Environmental policy Annexure 10.1 NABET certificate of MECON Annexure 10.2 NABL certificate of CEG Test House



Contents ix

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND UNITS

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit Full Form AAQ Ambient Air Quality AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer AMSL Above Mean Sea Level @ At the Rate of BDL Below Detection Limit BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand cc Cubic Centimetre cfm Cubic feet per minute CO Carbon Monoxide CPCB Central Pollution Control Board Cu Copper dB(A) Decibels DG Diesel Generator DGMS Directorate General of Mines Safety DMG Department of Mines and Geology EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMMD Environmental Management and Monitoring Department EMP Environmental Management Plan FDM Fugitive Dust Model GCA Gross Cropped Area GLC Ground Level Concentration gm/cc Grams per Cubic Centimetre g/m2/d Grams per Square Metre Per Day g/m3 Grams per Cubic Metre g/s Grams per Second ha Hectare HCL Hindustan Copper Limited HEMM Heavy Earth Moving Machinery HSD High Speed Diesel ICC Indian Copper Complex IMD India Meteorological Department JSPCB Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board Kg Kilogram



Contents x

Abbreviation / Symbol / Unit Full Form Kg/d Kilograms per Day km Kilometre km2 Square Kilometre km/hr Kilometre per Hour Leq Log Equivalent m2 Square Metre m3 Cubic Metres m3/d Cubic Metres per day meq/gm Milli Equivalents per Gram mg/kg Milligrams per Kilogram mg/l Milligrams Per Litre MoEFCC Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change, Govt. Of India Mm3 Million Cubic Metres mm Millimetre MPN Most Probable Number m RL Metres Relative Level m/s Metres per Second Mt Million tonnes µg/m3 Micrograms per Cubic Metre NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units PF Protected Forest PM10 Airborne Particulate Matter less than 10 micron in size RDS Respirable Dust Sampler RF Reserved Forest R & R Rehabilitation and Resettlement Rs. Rupees SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter t Tonnes

Executive Summary



Executive Summary Page ES-1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL), a Government of India undertaking under the Ministry of Mines is engaged in mining and processing of copper ore, manufacture of copper cathodes at the Indian Copper Complex (ICC) in East Singhbhum district of Jharkhand. Presently ICC comprises of three mines: Surda, Kendadih and Rakha, an ore concentrator plant at Mosabani and copper smelter cum refinery at Moubhandar. Of the mines, only Surda is operational; the other two, had been closed but are being reopened. In order to further increase the production of copper, HCL has planned to increase the production of copper ore from its Surda Mine from the present level of 0.39 Mt/yr to 0.9 Mt/yr.

The ore mined at Surda, is processed at the company’s concentrator plant at Mosabani to produce copper ore concentrate containing 25 – 30% copper metal, which is the feedstock for the company’s Moubhandar smelter.

1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The project area is located in Dhalbhumgarh Sub-division of East Singhbhum District, Jharkhand. Surda mining lease is spread over 388.68 ha The deposit is covered under Survey of India toposheet no. 73 J/6 bounded between latitudes 22o 32’ 42” N and 22o 34’ 19” N and longitudes 86o 25’ 41” E and 86o 26’ 42” E. The mining lease area falls within Surda, Sohada, Pathargora and Benashole villages and Forest Block No. 1098. The lease area includes forest land, agricultural land, homesteads, non-forest government land and surface water bodies.

The all weather road linking Jamshedpur with Mosabani via Jaduguda passes through the middle of mine lease from north to south. About 2 km north of Surda, a road branches off from the Jamshedpur – Mosabani Road leading to Ghatsila. The present road is adequate to handle the traffic. The nearest National Highway is NH-33, which is at an aerial distance of 6.5 km from the mine and can be approached via Ghatsila. The nearest railway station is Ghatsila (on SE Railway’s main BG Howrah – Mumbai line), which is located at an aerial distance of 4 km east-north-east of the mine lease.

The expanded mine will produce 900,000 t/yr of copper ore, containing ~0.9% copper, which will be dispatched by 25 t trucks to the existing Ore Concentrator Plant at Mosabani for processing. Copper ore concentrate (containing 25 – 30% copper) from Mosabani Concentrator Plant is trucked to HCL’s Moubhandar smelter.

Total mineral reserves of copper ore are estimated to be 29.53 Mt (as on 31-03-2015). Considering the production capacity of 0.9 Mt/yr, the expected life of the mine will be minimum 15 years based on the reserves and remaining resources

Surda Mine is a semi-mechanised underground mine and has been in operation since the 1956. The operation of the mine had been suspended during 2003 – 2007. The present project envisages increasing the production to 0.9 Mt/yr which is expected to be attained




in 6 years. The mine extends over a strike length of 2.2 km to a depth of 474 m i.e. 13th level. The access to the underground mine is through :

i. No. 3 vertical shaft from northern end sunk up to 5th level (i.e. about 176 m bgl). ii. No.4 incline shaft from southern side approx. 1200m south of No.3 shaft at 400

inclination to the horizontal is sunk up to 10th level i.e. ~360 m bgl.

Both the shafts are equipped with winders for movement of man, materials and ore. At the close proximity of the vertical shaft No. 3 there is sub incline from 5th level to 13th level (~474 m bgl). The sub-incline is at an angle of 31o – 35o to horizontal. Levels are developed at 37.5 m intervals. Stoping activities of the mine are spread over different area / section from 3rd level to 11th levels.

Under the proposed expansion programme, a new vertical shaft of 6 m diameter will be sunk from the surface to the 18th level for a depth of 600 m bgl. This shaft will have two compartments; one for hoisting ore, the other for men and material.

Mining is carried out by Room & Pillar Method, Horizontal Cut and Fill (HCF) method and Post Pillar Stoping methods. The present mining methods are most suitable for the geometry and geology of the ore body. The same methods will continue.

Room and Pillar method is used where the ore body width is between 1.5 and 4.0m. A pilot raise is put along the H/W contact from lower level to upper level. A wooden / steel chute is installed at the lower level, together with an electric scraper engine. A sill pillar of 5m above the lower level and a crown pillar of 5 m below the upper level are left as support. In this method both faces of a central raise are advanced to a span of 15-19 m, with systematic bolting of the roof at a spacing of 1.2m. 1.5m long 20m dia tor-steel grouted rock bolts are used as conventional support in place of timbers. 1.8/2.4m log bolts are also occasionally used for roof support in geologically disturbed area. A 3 to 4m wide rib pillar is left between two consecutive stopes. Floor stripping is undertaken where width of ore body exceeds 2.5m. Once the mining is completed to the extremities of the stope backfilling of the excavated area is done.

HCF method of stoping is used where the width of ore body is 4 – 8 m. The stoping is commenced by driving a sill level of about 5m above the ore drive and full width of the ore body is exposed for a maximum vertical height of 4.8 m. The hanging wall is supported by rock bolts systematically at 1.5 m X 1.5 m pattern. A F/W haulage is driven on the FW side of ore body and ore passes are excavated at 50o inclination either in waste or ore at intervals of 60m along strike. 1.5m dia ore pass rings made out of 10mm thick steel plates are welded inside the stope to serve as man way and ore pass through the backfill. 0.76 m3 electric LHDs are used to load and haul broken ore into the operations. Two panels are generally prepared; one for production and other for filling and consolidation. Back stripping is carried out in panels with 2.4m vertical cut at a time.

Post Pillar Stoping Method is generally adopted in ore bodies more than 6 m wide and a




minimum strike length of 80m. Basically, it is identical to HCF mining except for the formation of 4m x 4m in-situ vertical posts to give additional stability to the roof by breaking long spans excavated. In addition to rock bolting of the roof, the back of each cut in ore is also rock bolted using 1.5m long grouted type rock bolts on 1.5 x 1.5m pattern. The post pillars are spaced at an interval of 13 m along strike and 9 m across it. Generally, 2.4 m high cuts are taken by drilling 2.4 m long uppers using stope air legs jack hammers. Maximum height of the excavation is limited to 4.8 m above the backfill. 0.76/1.5m3 electric LHDs transfer the broken ore into the ore passes from where it is hauled in larger mine cars by locomotive on to the grizzly.

The mine works 300 days / year.

Surda block extends 4.5 km in strike in Phase II. The average width of the ore body is 5.5 m, dipping at 300 to 350.

The major activities of Surda Phase II are as follows:

1. Sinking of Vertical shaft of 6 m diameter from surface to 18th L for a depth of 600 m. The shaft will be located at the central portion of the mineralized zone. Conventional mechanized shaft sinking method by using sinking winder, multi boom drill jumbo, grabs or crawler mounted loader is considered for shaft sinking.

2. Deepening of existing sub incline shaft from 13th level to 18th level. 3. Inter connection cross cut between vertical shaft and sub incline shaft from 10th level

to 18th level. 4. Deepening of existing 1200 S winze from 12th level to 16th level. 5. Level connection from 11th level to 16th level between 1200 S winze to sub incline

shaft. 6. Level and stope development from 12L up to 9L and 16th L to 13th L. 7. Development of haulage drive at 12th level & 16th level. 8. Installation of Ore handling system, i.e. crusher, feeder, surge Bin, measuring

hopper, spillage handling system etc. below 16th level.

The existing quantity of intake air is adequate for the proposed production rate of about 3000 tonnes / day. Presently there are four intakes with a total capacity of 8500 m3 / min. In the expanded mine, the new vertical shaft shall act as an additional intake. The is ventilated by two fans with a total capacity of 10,300m3 /min.

No. 3 shaft and 5 adit sub-inclines serve as intake for north and bottom portion. When the mine is deepened to the 18th level, the subincline and the 25 S winze will also be deepened to the 18th level. The sub-incline will act as the intake to the deeper levels. For return, ventilation raises will be excavated at the northern side of each level, which will finally meet the ventilation return airway at 660 m S of No. 3 Shaft. The intake air from No. 2 shaft and 4 shaft ventilates the south and centre portions respectively. When the mine is deepened to the 18th level, the No. 4 Shaft and No. 2 Shaft will act as air intakes for the southern and the remaining central portions of the mine. The new shaft will also




act as an additional intake. 1200 S winze will be deepened to the 18th level to ventilate all levels. No. 1 adit will act as return air passage .

Surda mine has two pumping stations located at 5th level and 10th level respectively. The pumping capacity is 1800 lit./min from underground 5th level to surface. All the mine water of 5th level and above is collected at sump located at 5th level near No 3 shaft through drains. Water is pumped out directly from this sump to surface. The mine water below 5th level is collected at sump located at 10th level through drains. From this sump, water is pumped out to 5th level sump and then to surface. The mine water below 10th level is collected at 13th level sump and water is pumped out from 13th level to 10th level sump and subsequently to surface via 5th level. For Surda phase II, the mine water below 13th level will be collected at 16th level sump, from where water will be pumped out at 13th level sump and from 13th level to surface via 10th level and 5th level. The expanded mine will have the capacity to handle 4300 m3/d of water (including contingencies).

The expanded mine shall consume 480 t/yr (up from 128 t/yr) of explosives. HSD consumption of mining equipment is expected to increase from 250 l/d to 400 l/d. The mine has 2 explosive magazines which are sufficient for the expanded mine also. There is no HSD storage facility at the mine; the HSD is supplied in road tankers.

The power demand of the expanded mine is estimated to be 7.2 MW. The power is supplied by Jharkhand State Electricity Board (JSEB). For the emergency power, 1 no. diesel generating set of 3 MW has been installed.

Peak water demand of the expanded project is expected to be 2900 m3/d. Of this 2030 m3/d of industrial water will be met by utilizing treated mine discharge water and other effluents generated in the project. 690 m3/d of industrial water + 180 m3/d of potable water will be drawn from Subarnarekha River.

Presently the mine employs 903 persons. Another 600 people will be employed in the expanded mine (i.e. a total of ~1500 persons).

A residential colony for workers is already existing within the mine lease. Additional housing is available at HCL’s townships at Moubhandar and Ghatsila which have all amenities.

2.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 2.1 Physiography and Drainage

The area is situated at the edge of the Chotanagpur Plateau which is characterized by gentle to moderately steep or steep slopes.

The leasehold area is situated at the bottom of escarpment extending in the north-south direction. Consequently the western part of the lease area rises steeply to a height of ~260 m above mean sea level (amsl) from a base slightly




more than 100 m amsl. The central and eastern part of the lease area slopes gently towards the east. The lower most pat of the lease is at 104 m amsl located on the eastern boundary of the lease. The ground slopes gently eastwards towards the Subarnarekha River, which flows at a distance of about 2.5 km east of Surda Mine Lease.

The western half of the study area is covered by a prominent escarpment extending in the northwest – southeast axis whereas the eastern half comprises of the valley of Subarnarekha River. The escarpment comprises of a series of hills rising to maximum height of 531 m above mean sea level. This escarpment is covered with sal forests.

There is no national park, biosphere reserve, sanctuary, and habitat for migratory birds, archeological site, defense installation, and airports within the study area. The area does not fall in seismically active or land slide prone zone. The study area is not located in any “Critically Polluted” or “Severely Polluted” area.

The area is part of the Subarnarekha River Basin. The Subarnarekha River is a major perennial river which drains a large part of south-eastern Jharkhand, western part of West Midnapur District of West Bengal and north-eastern parts of Odisha adjoining West Bengal before flowing into the Bay of Bengal. In the study area, the Subarnarekha River flows from northwest towards the south-east through a wide valley about 2 – 3 km east of Surda Mine Lease. Major part of the area has dendritic drainage pattern. The drainage of the area is controlled through a network of small seasonal and perennial streams which drain into the Subarnarekha river.

Surda Mine Lease is drained by mainly by two streams. The northern and central parts are drained by seasonal drainage channels originating from springs in ML which form the Gharaduba Nala. The southern part of the ML is drained by the Surda Nala. These perennial streams flow towards the south-east / east to meet each other about 2 km east of the lease’s south-eastern corner before draining into the Subarnarekha River ~0.5 km further east. Another perennial stream, the Kankuram Nala , flows from the south-west towards the north-east just beyond the lease’s northern boundary to join the Subarnarekha River about 2.5 km north-north-east of Surda Mine Lease. A small area in the north-western corner of the lease drains into the Kankuram nala.

2.2 Land Use

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through satellite image processing. Agricultural land is the predominant land use covering 48.49 % of the study area. Forests cover 35.68 % of the study area, settlements cover 8.34% of the study area, waste land covers 6.82 % of the study area, surface water bodies cover 0.44 % of the study area and quarries & mines cover 0.23% of the study area.




The lease covers an area of 388.68 ha consisting of 149.03 ha forest area, 239.65 ha of non-forest area. Of the 388.68 ha lease area 55.57 ha area has been utilised. This comprises of 31.07 ha Forest Land and 24.50 ha Non-forest land; no agricultural land or homestead land has been utilized so far. Under the proposed expansion programme, 10.76 ha of non-forest / nonagricultural land will be utlised for the proposed new shaft. At present the mine lease area is composed of agricultural land (28.57%), forest land (30.35), barren land (19.33%), plantations (4.83%), settlements and buildings (0.81%), surface water bodies (0.90%), roads (0.91%) and mining infrastructure (14.30%).

2.3 Climate & Meteorology

The study area lies in tropical region where climate is characterised by very hot summers and cool winters. Summer is typically from mid March to mid June when temperature ranges from a maximum of 40.1°C (monthly average of daily maximum) during day time to a minimum of 18.6°C (monthly average of daily minimum) at night. Winter is from December to February when the maximum temperature during day goes up to 29.4°C (monthly average of daily maximum) and minimum temperature at night becomes 11.6°C (monthly average of daily minimum). The average annual rainfall is 1379.3 mm. The South-west monsoon lasts from mid June to mid September and the area gets more than 80% of the annual rainfall during this period.

A meteorological station was set up within the mine lease. Wind speed & direction, air temperature and relative humidity were recorded hourly throughout post-monsoon season 2013. Rainfall was recorded on daily basis. During monitoring period the predominant wind direction is found to be north, which prevailed for 7.01% of the time, closely followed by north- north-west (NNW), which prevailed for 6.49% of the time. Calm conditions prevailed for 83.77% of the time.

2.4 Air Quality

8 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) monitoring locations were set up in the study area. Of these stations, one was within the mine lease, while the rest were outside the mining lease. Samples of 24 hourly duration were taken for monitoring PM10, SO2 and NOx twice a week for 12 weeks. The results when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards of Central Pollution Control Board indicate that air quality is within norms for all of the locations, barring a few maximum readings of PM10.

2.5 Water Quality

In order to get an idea about the water quality in the study area water samples were collected from Subarnarekha River, Surda Nala and another stream (which flows through the mine lease) , five tube-wells at different villages and mine discharge. Surface, ground and drinking water quality meets the norms specified in IS:10500 (1993). As regards effluent quality, copper, iron and manganese levels are higher than the limits




specified in the General Standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to Inland Surface water as prescribed by MoEF. The most likely reason for the same is the presence of copper, manganese and iron in the host rock itself.

2.6 Noise Levels

In order to have an idea about the existing noise levels in the study area, noise monitoring has been carried out at 8 locations. Ambient noise levels are within the norms specified for “Residential Areas” in Noise 2000 Standards Work zone noise was measured at the Mine Office. Noise levels are within the DGMS standard of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours exposure. No increase in ambient noise levels is anticipated due the expansion of the underground mine.

2.7 Ecology

Most of the study area is rural and includes plain areas and hills. The plain areas are mostly agricultural land and fallow land. The hills are mostly forested. The mine lease consists of agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land settlements and forest land. There are also a few small water filled ditches. The forest is located on the hill on the western part of the mine lease. The forest land is located on a hill on the western side of the lease area. 32.84 ha of forest land has been utilised for setting up of various facilities of the mine. The forest land on the eastern slope of the hill consists mostly of bushes with patches of trees up to 6 m tall, mostly Sal, Karam, Mahua, Semal, Palash, Neem and Mango. The shrubs are mostly Putus, Dhoi, Bhant and Bhidi-janata. On the westernmost part of the mine lease, the forests show little signs of human activities. In these areas, the trees are mostly mature. The tree density ranges from 860 to 1012 trees per ha. The most common shrub is Atundi. Climbers, lianas and orchids are also observed. In the fallow / barren areas in the core zone the vegetation is of grassland type with widely scattered Sal, Tendu, Mahua, Neem, Palash, Mango, Khajur, Banyan, Peepal, Babool and Ber trees. The common shrubs including Putus, Bhidi-janata,, Cassia tora, Madar and Bharenda. There are several small ponds / ditches in the eastern half of the mine lease. Arjun trees are observed growing close to such water bodies and near the Surda Nala, which flows through the core zone’s southern part. In the settlements the vegetation consists of Mango, Neem, Jackfruit, Peepal and Banyan trees. Shialkanta, Rend, Cassia tora and Bharenda are seen growing on and around rubbish heaps.

The mine lease does not support any population of large wild animals. However the forested hill, plantations and agricultural lands support a several species of common reptiles, birds and small mammals.

The buffer zone consists of agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land, plantations (primarily of Eucalyptus and Australian Acacia), rural and urban settlements, forest land, small ponds / ditches and a large perennial river (Subarnarekha). The fallow lands are just like those present in the core zone. There are several plantations of




Eucalyptus and Australian Acacia in the study area. These plantations have been created by the State Forest Department. The Australian Acacia plantations are dense the plants have spread beyond the plantation areas. The vegetation of the road side ditches in the buffer zone is no different from what has been described for similar water bodies in the core zone. The village ponds have also more or less similar vegetation; in addition many ponds have infestations of water hyacinth. Water hyacinth is also seen on the banks of the Subarnarekha. The escarpment extending in the north-west - south-east axis through the middle of the study area is covered with forests. These forests are classified as Northern Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests. These forests are composed mostly of Sal, Palas, Safed Siris, Tendu, Asan, Harra, Piar, Karanj, Baheda etc. Palas and Mahua are fairly common at the foothills. The tree density ranges from 1088 to 1163 trees per ha. The diversity is low due predominance of sal, which constitutes 30 – 45% of the trees.

The forests on the escarpment supports several types of wild animals but only small common species (jackals, foxes, hares, squirrels, porcupines, mongoose, wild cats, wild pigs etc.) are found as the area of the forests is not large enough to support viable populations of large species.

2.8 Socio-economic Environment

The total population of the study area is ~1.38 lakhs. The sex ratio in the study area is, ~925 females per 1000 males. SCs and STs constitute 7.43% and 35.13% of the total population respectively. Agriculture & allied activities and wage labour are the major occupations of the people of the region. ~93% of the villagers are marginal farmers (land holding <2.5 acres). Agriculture is characterized by mono-crop culture. 90% of the Gross Cropped Area (GCA) is used for cultivation of paddy; 14% of the GCA is used for vegetable cultivation. The cropping intensity is about 115%. The people of the study area spend major portion of their disposable income on food items. However, there has been a growing tendency amongst villagers towards increasing expenditure on non-food items. ~46% of the villagers are illiterate; ~11% have primary school education, ~9% middle school, ~12% high school, ~16% have studied up to +2 level, 5.5% are graduates. Villagers’ interest towards education has been increasing due to hope of getting jobs especially in the non-agricultural sources.

3.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

3.1 Land Environment: Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The proposed project envisages expansion of an underground mining project, where most of the activity will be confined underground. All the waste rock generated during mining will be used for stowing underground. Because of high rock strength and stowing in the worked out underground voids, land subsidence is not expected to occur. Hence topographical changes in the mine lease will be insignificant.




No additional land will be acquired or leased for the project. 10.76 ha of fallow land, which is owned be HCL will be used for setting up the new shaft and associated infrastructure. Hence land use of the mine lease area will not change.

Solid Waste disposal

82000 m3 of waste rock will be generated during sinking of the new shaft. These will be used up for stowing in exhausted stopes. Similarly the entire quantity of waste rock generated during regular mining will be used for stowing / support in underground work areas.

Subsidence

Surface subsidence is not expected because hydraulic stowing is practiced in conjunction with Cut and Fill method and also due to high is-situ rock strength (as indicated in the tables below) and sufficient depth cover. Additionally, depending on situation ore pillar is left, if required, between hanging wall and footwall. IIT Kharagpur has been entrusted with the work of subsidence prevention. No surface subsidence has been observed as yet due to working since 1956. In their preliminary report IIT Kharagpur has indicated that no surface subsidence is expected in the expansion or post expansion phase.

Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research had carried out a study on the measurement of deformation in post pillar at Surda Mine. It was observed that after filling the pillar remained stable.

3.2 Impacts on Drainage, Water Resources & Water Quality and Mitigation Measures

Since the proposed project envisages expansion of an existing underground mine, none of the seasonal and perennial streams which flow through the mine lease will be interfered with and hence the drainage pattern will be unaffected.

Sources of water in the study area are surface water in rivers, streams, ponds and irrigation canals and ground water. The mine will draw its requirements of industrial water by utilizing treated mine discharge water and other treated effluents and from Subarnarekha River. Total Annual Replenishable Recharge (TARR) of ground water has been estimated for the watershed in which the mine is located. The average TARR has been estimated to be 11.4438 Mm3/yr. The ground water demand in the sub-water shed has been estimated to be 0.3855 Mm3/yr. 0.1825 Mm3/yr of water will be discharged from the mine, which will be completely used up for the meeting the mine’s industrial water requirements. No impact on ground water availability is anticipated as TARR is much higher than the total draft due to mine discharge.

The mine shall draw 1000 m3/d of water from the Subarnarekha River for meeting its requirements of potable water and part of its industrial water




requirements. The drawal of 1000 m3/d of water is not expected to affect the flow regime of Subarnarekha river.

The project is an underground mine. All effluents, (500 m3/d of mine discharge, 1500 m3/d of stowing water overflow, 20 m3/d of workshop effluents and 10 m3/d of effluents from the mine’s drinking water circuit) will be collected and treated. Treated water will be used for meeting the industrial water requirements of the mine. No effluents other than storm water will be discharged. Sanitary sewage generated in office area and the township is treated in septic tanks and soak pits.

Storm water will be collected through garland drains and routed through settling pits before discharge.

3.3 Impacts on Air Quality & Mitigation Measures

Fugitive dust is generated in underground mine due to drilling & blasting, handling of waste & ore, crushing of ore and operation of dumpers/trucks on haul roads. At Surda Mine, all underground machinery are powered either electrically or by compressed air. Therefore mine air contains only dusts.

At Surda mine, water is sprayed on the blasted ore and waste rock underground to suppress fugitive dust. Only the ore is brought to the surface. The ore when raised to the surface is still moist and there is hardly any fugitive dust generation during ore handling.

The fugitive dust emissions have been estimated using the methodologies outlined in the AP-42 (USEPA) and National Pollutant Inventory (NPI) Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET) for Mining Version 2.3 (DEH 2001) (Australia). Only vehicle (wheel) generated dust has been considered. The contribution to dust emissions from vehicles traveling along paved roads has been estimated by considering the road conditions and the number of vehicles likely to ply from the proposed mine. The PM10 emission has been estimated to be 0.05 g/s as the haul road is a well maintained paved road without and sharp bends. Preliminary calculations indicated that the maximum increase in PM10 levels due to the increase road traffic will be about 4 µg/m3 and that too within a few metres of the road. Thus operation of expanded Surda Mine will have no measurable impact on the ambient air quality.

At Surda, the rocks are hard and have high specific gravity. Fugitive dust easily settles down. Nevertheless the following measures have been undertaken:

• To control dust from drilling operations wet drilling is practiced. Also drill speeds are regulated as per manufacturer’s guidelines.

• After blasting, water is sprayed to suppress fugitive dust. Water is also sprayed on the blasted material. This minimizes fugitive dust generation during ore handling.




• All roads within the mine lease are metalled roads and they are kept in good repair. Periodically water is sprinkled on these roads to suppress dust.

• Ore is transported to the ore processing plant in trucks which are covered with tarpaulin sheets. Overloading of ore hauling trucks is not allowed. Tailings from the ore processing plant are used as stowing material. The tailings too are transported in trucks which are covered with tarpaulin sheets.

• All personnel working underground and at material handling areas on the surface are issued dust masks. Wearing of dust masks is strictly enforced for personnel engaged in drilling, crushing and ore / waste rock handling.

3.4 Impacts on Ecology and Mitigation Measures

The proposed project envisages expansion of an existing underground mine without acquisition of any additional land. There is no proposal to utilise any forest land in the lease under the proposed expansion programme i.e. the status quo of the 117.96 ha unutilised forest land shall remain unchanged. The vegetation of the unutilized forest land in the lease area is dominated by Sal, most of which appear to be of secondary origin. This forest land has been preserved. Even within the utilised forest area, some of the original flora have been preserved or have regenerated.

As regards impact on wildlife is concerned, most of the wild life in the project areas and its vicinity are confined to common small species, found on the outskirts of villages in most parts of India. Some animals may have been displaced initially by the project. Those that remained have become habituated to the project’s activities. Since, most additional activities of the expanded mine will be confined to deep underground, it is unlikely that the resident fauna will be affected.

The strong light in the project premises during night may cause disturbances to the fauna in the near by areas. It has been planned that all the light posts erected along the boundary of the mine and ore processing plant areas will face inwards and down wards (with reflectors facing the mine area and downwards), so that the light do not spreads out side the ML boundary.

18.79 ha of green belt and plantations had been developed within the mine lease during the 1990s and earlier. However many of these plantation areas are in poor state. Under the proposed expansion programme, the gaps in these plantation areas will be filled. It is estimated that the average requirement of saplings will be about 500 per ha i.e. 9400 saplings will be planted. In addition, the top soil storage area and mineral storage area shall be biologically reclaimed. Saplings will be planted @ 1600 per ha on the top soil storage area and mineral storage area. Casualties will be replaced at the appropriate time. A total of about 22900 saplings will be planted in the mine premises. All the species which are slated to be planted shall be locally growing species




which will benefit the local ecology. Saplings for plantation shall be purchased from the nursery of the State Forest Department.

3.5 Occupational safety and Health

At the mine site there is a First Aid Centre located at the surface. There is also one First Aid Centre located at each working level underground. These are always manned. An ambulance is always available for casualty evacuation at the mine. All Blasters, Mining Mates, Foremen, 2nd Class Mines Managers and 1st Class Mines Manager have been trained in 1st Aid.

HCL has a well equipped 80 bedded hospital located close to the company’s Moubhandar Works. The hospital has 9 doctors including one dentist and 52 other medical staff. The hospital is operational round the clock. After 1st Aid, serious casualties are evacuated to HCL’s Moubhandar Works Hospital. If required, the patients are referred to Tata Main Hospital (TMH) at Jamshedpur, about 40 km away. HCL’s hospital has a special Burn Unit to treat burn cases. Head injury cases are usually referred to TMH for further investigation and treatment. The hospital has three ambulances on call round the clock.

Presently, occupational safety and health surveillance of the mine’s workforce is being undertaken by HCL’s Moubhandar Works Hospital. 3 of the doctors, trained in occupational health & safety surveillance & treatment, have been made responsible for occupational health surveillance.

All workers undergo a Pre-employment Medical Examination followed by a Periodical Medical Examination (PME) once every 5 years; for workers older than 45 years, the PME is carried out once in three years. The resources of Moubhandar Works Hospital are being augmented keeping in view keeping in view HCL’s proposed expansion programme.

All new recruits are given basic training on safety before being actually deployed in the mines. Air quality, water quality and noise levels may affect the workers’ health. Therefore these attributes are monitored regularly. The effect of these environmental attributes on the workers health are communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the mine’s Safety Officer and the Medical Officer.

The Safety Officer is responsible for the issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, safety belts, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. to both company employees and contractors’ employees. Safety boots are issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipment are issued.




In case of health impairment due to illness or injury suffered at work place, HCL will compensate the affected worker(s). The amount of compensation to be paid will be calculated in accordance with the applicable rule given in the Workmen’s Compensation Act.

Even after the mine’s closure, if any worker is diagnosed with a disease resulting from exposure to hazards while working at the mine, he will be compensated as per prevailing company rules.

HCL pays for all medical tests (PME) and treatment of non-occupational diseases, from which the workers are suffering as per prevailing rules and regulations of Govt. of Jharkhand.

4.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 4.1 Public Consultation

During the field study an opinion poll was conducted to ascertain local villagers’ opinion about the project. ~64% the people are optimistic about employment generation due to the proposed expansion project. 32.1% of them are apprehensive about pollution. 1.9% each are apprehensive about destruction of forests and damage to roads due to expansion of the mine and increased mineral transportation.

The Environmental Public Hearing (EPH) for the project was held on 15th December, 2015 at the Vocational Training Centre, Surda Mine, Mosabani Block, East Singhbhum District. The EPH was presided over by Shri B.K. Munda, ADM, East Singhbhum District. He was assisted by Shri R.N. Choudhry, Regional Officer, JSPCB, Jamshedpur and Shri S.K. Shrivastav, Scientific Assistant, JSPCB, Ranchi. The EPH was attended by 560 (five hundred and sixty) members of the public.

11 (eleven) questions were raised by eleven different members of the public belonging to the study area. In addition 3 (three) written representations were submitted by individual members of the public, associations and Non-Government Organizations (NGOs). The querries covered pollution from the mine as well as the tailings pond of the beneficiation plant where the ore from the mine is beneficiated, employment of local villagers, especially members of backward tribes and women, extension of free medical treatment facilities to former HCL employees still residing in the area and local villagers, revision of wages of workers employed at the mine, construction of new roads & repair of existing roads etc. The answers to the oral questions were furnished by HCL’s representatives on the spot. As regards the written submissions, HCL submitted written replies to JSPCB for forwarding to the individuals / organizations who had raised the querries.

HCL informed the public that the entire quantity of water being pumped out of the mine is recycled within the mine itself. The water coming out of the tailings is collected and recycled back to the processing plant. HCL assured that developmental activities would




be undertaken in nearby villages. Hand pumps would be installed, health-camps would be held , skill development training would be imparted, and improvements to health care and drinking water supply infrastructure would be made. HCL assured the audience that members of primitive tribes would be given proper representation. Ladies would also be given employment. HCL would also consider increasing wages of labourers. As regards wages of contractors’ workers, HCL assured to talk to the contractors and increase workers’ wages. HCL assured the audience that in future problems would resolved by discussing the matter together.

4.2 Socio-economic Impacts

The proposed expansion project is expected to introduce a set of new activities, which will influence the socio-economic condition of the people of the surrounding areas. Such impacts may be marginal or non-marginal depending on the extent of change caused by the project to alter the existing equilibrium of the socio-economic system. The project is likely to bring benefits for the local people. Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed activities are going to create considerable positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. The project is unlikely to cause any damage to the agricultural situation of the area. It is likely to benefit the farming community by way of supplementary income through non-farm sources. Local people are likely to get a major share of the jobs generated by the project in accordance with their qualifications. The project is also expected to generate substantial indirect employment in other sectors e.g. in the small scale industrial units and service centres etc. which are expected to come in the vicinity of the projects.

4.3 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment has been carried out for the project During the operation of the mine , the risks which have been identified are failure of roof in the pit, mine inundation, fly rock from blasting, surface fire, danger due to storage and handling of explosives, exposure to fumes and gases, and for the tailings dam.

The rock strata will be monitored at regular intervals to check for any possible failure. All necessary precautions will be taken to prevent mine inundation. All precautions related to control of fly rock, as prescribed by DGMS, will be taken during the blasting operations. All necessary safety precautions will be taken during design of equipment and operational practices to prevent accidents.

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT

An Environmental Cell (EEC) shall be formed at the project. The EC shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EC by following an implementation schedule. The environmental attributes / activities to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and effectiveness




of various mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during the expansion plan are meteorology, air quality & emissions, water quality, drainage system, noise, ground vibrations, roof fall, land subsidence, plantations and occupational safety & health.

To cater to need of environmental management in the project, the EC will have total eleven persons. The EC shall be headed by an environmental engineer. He will be assisted by two chemists, skilled & unskilled workers etc. Services of retired forest officials may be taken for effective implementation of plantation schemes. For development and maintenance of jobs like drainage, clearing settling pits etc. assistance from the project’s civil engineering department will be taken. The EC will also co-ordinate with other departments like Mining, Geology, Community Development, Water Supply etc. and carry put liaison work with external agencies like State & Central Pollution Control Boards. For proper implementation of the EMP, the officials responsible for EMP implementation will be trained suitably.

6.0 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

The expansion project shall increase the indigenous supply of copper and improve the operational economics of HCL’s Mosabani Concentrator Plant and Moubhandar Copper Smelter which are underutilized for inadequate supply of feedstock. The positive points are (i) Strong employment generation potential (ii) Peripheral development and creation of social capital (iv) Boost in agricultural sector and (v) Increased awareness for education etc.

Chapter 1: Introduction



Chapter-1 Page 1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The present report is an EIA / EMP report for the proposed expansion of mining capacities at Surda mine lease of Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL). The report is prepared as per the procedure specified in 14th September 2006 Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) and related guidelines / circulars.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In pursuance of Government of India policy vide Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 new projects or expansion of any existing plant necessitates statutory prior environmental clearance (EC). In accordance with the objectives of National Environmental policy as approved by the Union Cabinet on 18th May, 2006 and MoEFCC’s EIA Notification dated 14.09.06, obtaining EC necessitates preparation of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report addressing all relevant environmental concerns

In view of above, the EIA report has been prepared for seeking prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change, Govt. of India for the proposed expansion project. The EIA/EMP report will also facilitate other related regulatory clearances as required in addition to meeting environmental mitigation needs for the Surda mining project.

The objective of the EIA study report is to take stock of the prevailing quality of environment, to assess the impacts of proposed mining and allied activities on environment and to plan appropriate environmental control measures to minimize adverse impacts and to maximize beneficial impacts of expansion proposed. The following major objectives have been considered:

Assess the existing status of environment. Assess the impacts due to the proposed expansion of the underground

mining project. Suggest pollution control and ameliorative measures to minimize the

impacts. Prepare an action plan for implementation of suggested ameliorative

measures. Suggest a monitoring programme to assess the efficacy of the various

adopted environmental control measures. Assess financial considerations for suggested environmental control plans. Clearances from statutory authorities



Chapter-1 Page 2

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 The project proponent

Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL) is a Government of India undertaking under the Ministry of Mines. The company’s corporate office is located at Kolkata. HCL is the only vertically integrated copper producer in India engaged in mining of ore, beneficiation, smelting, refining and manufacture of Continuous Cast Copper Rods. HCL, incorporated in Nov., 1967, took over the plants and mines at Khetri & Kolihan in Rajasthan and Rakha Copper Project in Bihar (now Jharkhand) from NMDC. In 1972 Indian Copper Corporation Limited, which had been established in 1930 by a British company with a cluster of mines, concentrator plant and a smelter and refinery located at Ghatsila in Bihar (now Jharkhand) was nationalized and made part of HCL. HCL developed Malanjkhand Copper Project in Madhya Pradesh, the largest hard rock open cast mine in the country which was dedicated to the Nation on 12th November 1982. Further, in 1990 a Continuous Cast Wire Rod plant of South Wire Technology was commissioned at Taloja in Raigad District, Maharashtra.

Presently HCL operates:

Khetri copper complex (KCC) in Jhunjhunu Dist, Rajasthan comprising of Khetri, Chandmari and Kolihan Mines and a 1.81 Mt/yr beneficiation plant. KCC also had a 31,000 t/yr copper cathode manufacturing plant, which also produced H2SO4 as a byproduct but it is not in operation since December, 2008.

Indian Copper Complex (ICC) in East Singhbhum District, Jharkhand comprising of Surda, Rakha and Kendadih Mines, a concentrator at Mosabani and 19000 t/yr copper cathode manufacturing plant, which also produces H2SO4 and Anode Slime [containing Gold (0.5 – 0.9%), Silver (4-10%), Selenium (20 – 28%), Tellurium (1 – 2%) and Nickel (0.4 – 0.8%)]. Of the mines, only Surda is in operation; Rakha and Kendadih are being reopened.

Malanjkhand Copper Project (MCP) in Madhya Pradesh comprising of 2 Mt/yr open cast mine and ore beneficiation plant, which produces copper ore concentrate containing 25 – 28% Cu. Malanjkhand deposit with estimated reserves of 221 Mt contains ~70% of India’s copper ore reserves. An underground mine of 5 Mt/yr capacity is being developed at Malanjkhand.

Taloja copper project (TCP) in Maharashtra for manufacture of 60,000 t/yr Continuous Cast Wire Rod plant.

Gujarat Copper Project (GCP) at Jhagadia Industrial Estate, Bharuch, Gujarat for manufacture of 50,000 t/yr of LME-A Grade cathode through secondary route based on Outukumpu Technology.



Chapter-1 Page 3

In order to increase the production of copper in the country, HCL is planning to increase the production from its existing Surda, Malanjkhand, Chandmari and Kolihan mines, reopen Rakha and Kendadih mines and develop a new mine Siddheswar-Chapri in Jharkhand.

Location of the Surda Mine Lease area is shown in Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/1.0 (A). A map showing Surda ML and the 10 km radius study area superimposed over Survey of India toposheet is shown as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/1.0(B).

1.2.2 The project

Surda Mine Lease is located in Ghatsila subdivision of East Singhbhum district of Jharkhand state. The mine is situated at an aerial distance of about 4 km west-south-west of Ghatsila railway station on Howrah-Mumbai line. Surda leasehold area of HCL measures 388.68 ha of which 116.68 ha is under village Surda, 182.77 ha is under village Sohada, 3.63 ha is under village Benashole, 10.52 ha is under village Pathargora and 75.08 ha is Forest Block No 1098. A copy of the lease deed is enclosed as Annexure 1.1. The leasehold area comprises of ~111 ha agricultural land, ~149 ha Forest land (including village forests), ~118 ha Barren land, ~ 3 ha of settlements, ~ 3.5 ha of roads and ~3.5 ha of water bodies.

The ore mined at Surda is partially broken underground, hoisted to the surface and dispatched by road trucks to the ore concentrator plant located at Mosabani at an aerial distance of about 3.5 km. The ore is beneficiated by crushing, grinding and froth floatation. The concentrate is trucked to HCL’s copper smelter at Moubhandar on the outskirts of Ghatsila for smelting and refining. The concentrator plant at Mosabani has the capacity to process 0.612 million tonnes per year (Mt/yr) of ore, but is underutilized for want of feedstock. The increased production from Surda mine will enable full utilization of this concentrator plant.

1.3 THE PRESENT STUDY

As explained earlier, the present report is an EIA / EMP report for the proposed expansion of mining capacities at Surda mine lease of Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL). The meeting for finalization of Terms of Reference (TOR) was conducted during the 28th Meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee for Environmental Impact Assessment of Mining Projects of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) held on 20th -22nd June, 2012. The ToR for carrying out EIA /EMP study for Surda mine was approved by MoEF&CC’s letter no. J-11015/80/2012-IA.II(M) dated 23rd



Chapter-1 Page 4

January, 2015. The copy of approved TOR is attached as Annexure 1.2. The environmental baseline data generation was generated during Post-monsoon 2012 and Post-monsoon 2014.

1.4 BASELINE DATA GENERATION, FIELD STUDIES AND SECONDARY INFORMATION COLLECTION This EIA/EMP report has been prepared on the basis of two full seasons’ baseline environmental data monitored during post-monsoon season 2012 and post-monsoon season 2014 covering three months (September, October and November of both years).

The data includes meteorological conditions, ambient air quality, noise, water quality and soil quality. Site survey has been conducted for studying the flora and fauna, socio-economic conditions including public consultation, land use, hydrology, geology, ecology etc. Relevant secondary information is also collected from several agencies, both under State and Central Governments.

The collected data have been analysed in detail for identifying, predicting and evaluating the environmental impacts of the proposed expansion project. The maximum anticipated impacts on environment are assessed and suitable environmental management plan has been suggested.

1.5 COVERAGE OF THE REPORT

This report contains information on the existing environment and evaluates the predicted environmental and socio-economic impacts of the proposed expansion at the mining complex. A detailed coverage of background environmental quality, pollution sources, anticipated environmental impacts and socio-economic impacts and mitigation measures, environmental monitoring programme, additional studies, project benefits, environmental monitoring plan and all related aspects have been covered in this report. The report including this introduction chapter includes:

Project Description Description of the Environment Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Additional Studies

• Public Consultation • Social Impact Assessment • Risk Assessment

Environmental Monitoring Programme Administrative aspects of EMP implementation Project Benefits



Chapter-1 Page 5

Summary and Conclusion Disclosure of Consultant engaged

1.6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

MECON wishes to place on record its deep appreciation for the trust reposed in MECON by HCL and for the active interest and help extended by HCL officials.

Chapter 2: Project Description



Chapter-2 Page 6

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

It has been planned to increase the production of copper ore at Surda Mine from 0.39 Mt/yr to 0.90 Mt/yr. The leasehold area measures 388.68 ha. No additional land will be acquired or leased for the project.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

The proposed expansion project envisages increasing the production from the existing underground mine. The increase in production will be achieved by increasing the number of working faces and increasing the availability of equipments / machineries. The project falls under Category 'A' [Sl.no. 1(a) of Schedule: “List of project or activities requiring prior environmental clearance”] of MoEFCC notification dated 14th September, 2006 in connection with Environment (Protection) Rules 1986.

2.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT

The major applications of copper are in electrical wires (60%), roofing and plumbing (20%) and industrial machinery (15%). Copper is mostly used as a metal, but when a higher hardness is required it is combined with other elements to make an alloy (5% of total use) such as brass and bronze. A small part of copper supply is used in production of compounds for nutritional supplements, fungicides in agriculture and anti-biofouling paints.

India’s copper resources are scarce, only about 1% of the world’s copper deposit. India has to depend on imports to meet its requirements of copper. The world copper market is extremely volatile and in periods of high demand prices shoot up by leaps and bounds.

The proposed expansion project will contribute towards reducing our dependence on imports. The copper ore concentrator plant at Mosabani is underutilized for want of feed stock. HCL’s copper smelter & refinery at Moubhandar has to use either imported copper ore concentrate or transported from HCL’s Malanjkhand project, increasing production cost. The additional ore from Surda Mine will increase the capacity utilization of Mosabani Concentrator Plant and improve the operating economics of the Moubhandar copper smelter & refinery. The proposed project will also generate employment for local inhabitants in a predominantly tribal area. The mine operator will spend part of the profits from the expanded mine for peripheral development which will benefit local villagers.



Chapter-2 Page 7

2.4 LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY

Surda Mine Lease deposit is located in Ghatsila tehsil of East Singhbhum district of Jharkhand State. The mine lease lies at an aerial distance of about 3 km west-south-west of Ghatsila town. The deposit is covered under Survey of India toposheet no. 73 J/6 bounded between latitudes 22o32’42” N and 22o34’19” N and longitudes 86o25’41” E and 86o26’42” E. The mining lease area falls within Surda, Sohada, Pathargora and Benashole villages and Forest Block No. 1098.

The mine can be approached from the all weather road linking Jamshedpur with Mosabani via Jaduguda. About 2 km north of Surda, a road branches off from the Jamshedpur – Mosabani Road leading to Ghatsila. At present the road is adequate to handle the traffic. The nearest National Highway is NH-33, which is at an aerial distance of 6.5 km from the mine and can be approached via Ghatsila.

The nearest railway station is Ghatsila (on SE Railway’s main BG Howrah – Mumbai line), which is located at an aerial distance of about 4 km east-north-east of the mine lease.

There is an abandoned WWII airstrip (2 concrete runways, some of the taxiways and hardstands still existing) at Dhalbhumgarh ~12 km SE of the mine. The nearest functional airport is Sonari at Jamshedpur which is about 40 km NW of the mine.

2.5 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.5.1 Leasehold Area

As described earlier, Surda mining leasehold area of HCL measures 388.68 ha spread over villages Surda (116,68 ha), Sohada (182.77 ha), Pathargora (10.52 ha) and Benashole (3.63 ha) and Forest Block No.1098 (75.08 ha). The leasehold area consists of agricultural land (111.048 ha), Forest land (149.03 ha), Barren land (118.404 ha), Roads (3.529 ha), Settlements (3.165 ha) and Water body (3.504 ha).

Of the 388.680 ha lease area only 55.57 ha has been utilized till now. This includes 31.07 ha of forest land.

Surda Mine was opened during the 1930s at a modest scale but the exploration was suspended later on. The mine resumed production in 1956. The history of the lease is as follows:



Chapter-2 Page 8

Table 2.1.1: History of Surda Mine Lease Year Milestone 1934 First Lease was granted to Indian Copper Corporation for an ML area of

6923 ha for 50 years as Mosabani M.L. 1937 Mining commenced on a small scale. 1956 The mine was fully developed. 1984 First lease renewal took place over 6923 ha for 20 years in favour of HCL. 1994 2430 ha surrendered to state govt. (4493 ha remains) 2003 Mining suspended. 2004 388.68 ha renewed as Surda M.L. Remaining 4104.32 ha surrendered. 2007 Mining resumed. 2014 Mining temporarily suspended w.e.f. 7th September 2015 Mining resumed w.e.f. 16th June

The mine has been developed over a strike length of 2.2 km. and to a depth of 474 m below ground level (bgl) [at 13th level]. In the southern part of the mine there are three lodes - Hanging wall, Inter and Foot wall lode. The prominent ones are hangwall and inter lode and footwall lode becomes prominent in south – central part of the mine. In Central and Bottom sections of the mine, numbers of shoots with intervening lean zones have been merged to form an ore body wide up to 20 meter at places which leads to bulk mining. The average width of lodes in the mine is about 6.61 m. In all 91 surface boreholes, totaling 29393.96 m and 3058 Nos. underground boreholes totaling to 50,953.08m have been drilled till 31-03-2011.

2.5.2 Production

Surda mine is an underground mine operating since 1956. The mining plan report envisages a rated capacity of 0.90 Mt/yr. The ore produced is crushed to -76 mm underground, hoisted to the surface and dispatched by road trucks to HCL’s ore processing plant at Mosabani about 8 km away. The actual production since 1993 – 94 is as follows:

Table 2.1.2: Year-wise Production since 1993-94 Year Production (tonnes) Avg. Grade

1993 - 94 3,17,238 0.91 1994 - 95 3,08,464 0.91 1995 - 96 3.27,096 0.87 1996 - 97 3,18,517 0.87 1997 - 98 3,28,717 0.87 1998 - 99 2,87,217 0.90

1999 - 2000 2,03,364 0.88 2000 - 01 2,93,997 0.91 2001 - 02 2,70,429 1.00



Chapter-2 Page 9

Year Production (tonnes) Avg. Grade 2002 - 03 89,281 0.95 2007 - 08 49,466 0.87 2008 - 09 3,28,168 0.88 2009 - 10 3,87,843 0.88 2010 - 11 3,96,841 0.87 2011 - 12 3,95,745 0.91 2012 - 13 3,98,537 0.91 2013 - 14 3,98,569 0.90 2014 - 15 1,79,063 0.84 2015 - 16 2,67,262 0.88 Mining was suspended between 2003-04 and 2006 -07 and

again from 07-09-2014 till 15-06-15 The highest annual copper ore production achieved prior to 1994 was 400,008 tonnes in 1989 - 90.

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

2.6.1 Schedule of Implementation

Surda Mine is already operating with rated capacity of 0.39 Mt/yr. The production will be increased as follows:

Table 2.2: Production Planning of Surda Mine Year Annual ROM Production (t) 1st 460,000* 2nd 560,000 3rd 675,000 4th 900,000

* First full year of production

The proposed expansion project also envisages sinking a new vertical shaft. The same will be completed in the third year after receipt of necessary statutory clearances.

2.6.2 Statutory Clearances

Mining Lease has been granted in favour of HCL vide letter no. 517/M on 18-03-2015 with a validity period of 5 years till 31-03-2020 (Copy enclosed as Annexure 2.1). Forestry Clearance for 31.07 ha (the forest land in the lease, which has been broken up) had been obtained vide letter no. 8-64/93-FC dated 15-05-1998. Forestry Clearance for 52.44 ha of forest land for underground mining operation has also been received. The mine had received Consent to Operate from Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (JSPCB) vide letter no PC/JSR/Air/H-03/G-1335 dated 15-6-2012. Mining Plan for increase ore production has been approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide letter no. 314(3)/2012-MCCM(CZ)/MP-36/181 dated 13-02-2015 (Copy enclosed as Annexure 2.2). There is no litigation pending against the project.



Chapter-2 Page 10

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 Regional Geology

The stretch of Precambrian rocks in Singhbhum (Jharkhand), extending over a length of nearly 200 km between Kesharpur (Odisha) in South-West, has an array of economic mineral deposits of importance. Copper, Uranium, Kyanite and apatite deposits are well known and are confined to the “Shear/Thrust zone” popularly known as “Singhbhum Copper Belt”.

ICC Group of mines is a part of the Singhbhum Shear/Thrust zone and it is associated with Dhanjori and Chaibasa rocks of Singhbhum Super Group of Achaean age. The rock formations within the area are regionally metamorphosed sediments and meta-volcanics of Precambrian age. The rocks to the north of the shear zone are garnetiferous-mica-schists, quartzites and quartz-kyanite schists belonging to Dhanjori Group and found all along the hills and valleys to the south of shear zone. The regional strike of rock formations is in N 10 to 40 degrees W and dip is 30 degree due NE. The rocks within the shear zone are highly sheared and mylonitised equivalents of siliceous rocks - granites and quartzites. Because of the presence of soda rich feldspars in granite in Mosaboni area, the rock is called soda granite. Quartzite and more siliceous rocks are found in Surda area and further north-westwards.

Chalcopyrite is the most pre-dominant sulphide mineral followed, in order of abundance, by pyrite and pyrrhotite. Important amongst oxide minerals are apatite, magnetite and uranium mineral. Gold and silver occurs in minor quantities. The sulphides occur commonly as massive, veins, stringers along foliation and fracture planes, as disseminations and as minor replacement patches and veins.

Singhbhum Copper Belt is the single largest area of known copper resources, contributing more than 31% of country’s reserve. The area has deposits large enough to sustain a production level of 40,000 tonnes of copper metal per year. The reserve has been estimated from data obtained from surface and underground diamond drilling followed by mine development and exploratory drives and cross-cuts. Within erstwhile HCL’s lease holds more than 729 boreholes have been drilled from surface totaling over 1,80,878 m of drilling. These holes are generally inclined with an average depth of 300m, the maximum being 958.35m (in Pathargora- Mosaboni intervening area).

The stratigraphic succession of the area is as follows:



Chapter-2 Page 11

GENERALISED CHRONOLOGICAL STRATIGRAPHIC SUCCESSION OF THE PRECAMBRIAN FORMATIONS IN SINGHBHUM-KEONJHAR-MAYURBHANJ AREAS

(After Sarkar and Saha, 1977,1983; Basu, Ray, Saha & Sarkar,1981; Saha Ray and Sarkar,1988).

South of the shear zone North of the shear zone

End of Singhbhum Orogenic Cycle Newer Dolerite (c.1600-950Ma) (c.2220-1650Ma) Soda Granite Granophyre Chakradharpur Granite-Gneiss Mayurbhanj Granite Kuilapal Granite (c.2100 Ma)

------------------------------------------Unconformity----------------------------------------------- Jagnnathpur-Dhanjori-Simlipal lavas Dhanjori Dalma lavas with inter- trappean Group reworked lava, conglomerates

(>2200 Ma) Quartzite, Conglomerate ------------------------------------------Unconformity------------------------------------- Singhbhum Group Dhalbhum Formation Chaibasa Formation Chaibasa Formation

----------------Unconformity---------------- Singhbhum Granite (Ph.III c.2300 Ma)

Iron Ore Orogeny Iron Ore Group(<3300 Ma)

------------Unconformity--------------- Singhbhum Granite (Ph. I & II c. 3300 Ma) Older Metamorphic Gniess (Metamorphic agc > c.3300 Ma) OMG tonolite (c.3800 Ma) O.M.Orogeny Older Metamorphic Group (>c.3800 Ma)

2.7.2 Geology of the Surda Copper Deposit

Lithology

On the basis of Geological Mapping done by Geological Survey of India, the following sequence of rock from S.W. to N.E. is reconstructed for the Surda area. The details are as follows:-

NORTH EAST 11. Epidiorite and basic rocks Dalma Trap 10. Sericite-Quartz-Schist 9. Quartzite Chaibasa Stage



Chapter-2 Page 12

8. Sericite-Kyanite-Quartz-Schist 7. Feldspathic-Schist with Tourmaline and Magnetite rock (not continuous along

the strike) 6. Quartz-Conglomerate (not continuous along the strike and well developed in the

mines-- Shear Zone rocks) 5. Granular-Quartz-Chlorite rock with tourmaline and magnetite and vein Quartz

conglomerate 4. Biotite-Schist 3. Quartzite Dhanjori Quartzite 2. Biotite-Schist 1. Talc-Chlorite-Schist and ultrabasic Dhanjori Traps rocks

SOUTH WEST

The rock of the Chaibasa Stage (Sericite-Kyanite-Quartz-Schist and quartzite ) is thrust over the younger rocks of Dhanjori group.

Structure

The general strike of the rocks in the area is NW-SE with dip varying from 30o to 40o

towards NE.

The thrust zone maintains a NW-SE trend in this part of the belt. The rock formations have been affected by tectonic movements giving rise to a series of major plunging folds and axes trending approximately ESE-WNW and developed within the shear zone. On the limbs of these folds, S-shaped cross folds have been observed.

The Quartzite rocks show well developed joint pattern. There are three mutually perpendicular tension fractures and two diagonal shear fractures are observed in the host rocks.

The linear structure in the area is represented by (i) Pebble elongation (ii) Slicken-Slide (iii) Parallel alignment of mineral grains and (iv) axes of Micro fold, the lineation normally pitching 450 to 50 0 towards N 500 E.

Mineralisation

The surface indications of mineralisation in the form of gossan bands are traceable along the strike of the formations. Gossan zone consists of iron oxides formed in-situ and are yellowish brown, brick red to black in colour. In some cases triangular and other box works are noticed. On an average, the depth of oxidation does not exceed 30 m. and the main minerals of oxidation are azurite, malachite and iron oxide which are found to stain the outcrops.



Chapter-2 Page 13

Control:

Mineralisation is largely confined to granular-chlorite-biotite-schist and quartzite-chlorite-schist, especially where there are a number of sheared quartzite reefs. These rocks show evidences of crushing, silicification and hydrothermal alteration. Mineralisation occurs as disseminations along foliation, fracture and breccias fillings and also minor replacement patches.

Mineralisation and Lode Description

The copper mineralisation is exposed right on the surface of the hill slope in the form of oxidised outcrop and feeble gossan zones exhibiting limonitisation in shades of brown, red and purple colours. Copper sulphide ores are medium to coarse crystalline with a typical golden-yellow colour. Next to chalcopyrite in order of abundance is pyrite followed by pyrrhotite and pentlandite. Within the shear zone, the intensity of mineralisation is variable and narrow zones of rich mineralisation following shears are known as “Lodes”. In the southern part of Surda Mine, there are three lodes - Hanging wall. Inter and Foot wall lodes. In the Central and Bottom sections, number of shoots with intervening lean zones has formed a lode up to 20m wide, at places.

Details of the three lodes are as under :

Hanging Wall Lode : The thickness of this lode varies from 1 m to 6.5 m, average being 4.85 m. Here Room & Pillar and Horizontal Cut & Fill (HCF) methods of stoping are suitable.

Inter Lode : The width varies between 1.5m to 16m average being 5.39 m. Both Room & Pillar and HCF methods of stoping are suitable here.

Footwall Lode : Width varies 1.5m to 7.0m approx. average being 3.51 m. This lode is suitable for HCF method of stoping.

In some parts, hangwall and inter lodes have been merged together to form a wider ore body. The stopes have been designed on the basis of lode geometry.

Surface geological map has been enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/3.0. Geological sections have been shown as enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/4.0.

2.7.3 Reserves and Quality

The estimates of ore-reserve in Surda area in Strike length of 2.2 km has been done on the basis of mine openings, diamond drill data and geological interpretations. Ore reserves have not been estimated above 1st level due to oxidation and old working.



Chapter-2 Page 14

Reserves / resources estimated in Surda mine as on 31-03-2015 as per UNFC guidelines are given in Table 2.3. Table 2.3: Summary of Reserves / Resources as on 31st March, 2015

Classification UNFC Code

Quantity (Mt)

Grade (%Cu)

A. Mineral Reserve Proved Mineral Reserve 111 1.71 1.08 Probable Mineral Reserve 122 1.79 1.03

B. Additional or Remaining Resources Feasibility Mineral Resources 211 7.02 1.02 Pre-Feasibility Mineral Resources 222 1.44 1.17 Remaining Measured Mineral Resources 331 3.82 1.26 Remaining Indicated Mineral Resources 332 6.98 0.99 Remaining Inferred Mineral Resources 333 6.77 0.95 TOTAL MINERAL RESOURCES (A +B) 29.53

2.7.4 Life of Mine

Considering the production capacity of 0.9 Mt/yr, the expected life of the mine will be ~30 years based on the reserves and remaining resources under 332 and 333 categories.

2.7.5 Mining

2.7.5.1 Mode of entry (Adit/incline/shaft/decline)

The access to the underground mine is through:

i. No. 3 vertical shaft from northern end sunk up to 5th level (i.e. about 176 m bgl). ii. No. 4 incline shaft from southern side approx. 1200m south of No.3 shaft at 400

inclination to the horizontal is sunk up to 10th level i.e. ~360 m bgl.

Both the shafts are equipped with winders for movement of man, materials and ore. At the close proximity of the vertical shaft No. 3 there is sub incline shaft from 5th level to 13th level (~474 m bgl). The sub-incline is at an angle of 31o – 35o to horizontal. Levels are developed at ~38 m intervals. Stoping activities of the mine are spread over different area / section from 3rd level to 11th levels.

Under the proposed expansion programme, a new vertical shaft of 6 m diameter will be sunk from the surface to the 18th level for a depth of 600 m bgl. This shaft will have two compartments; one for hoisting ore, the other for men and material.

2.7.5.2 Existing & Proposed Mining Method

Surda is a semi-mechanized underground mine. Surda mine was fully developed in 1956 which extends over a strike length of 2.2 km to a depth of 474 m i.e. 13th level. Mining is carried out by Room & Pillar Method, Horizontal Cut and Fill (HCF)



Chapter-2 Page 15

method and Post Pillar Stoping methods. The present mining methods are most suitable for the geometry and geology of the ore body. The same methods will continue.

Room and Pillar Stoping Method

This method is used where the ore body width is between 1.5 and 4.0m. A pilot raise is put along the H/W contact from lower level to upper level. A wooden / steel chute is installed at the lower level, together with an electric scraper engine. A sill pillar of 5m above the lower level and a crown pillar of 5 m below the upper level are left as support.

In this method both faces of a central raise are advanced to a span of 10 m, with systematic bolting of the roof at a spacing of 1.2 m x 1.2 m. 1.5 m long 20 mm dia tor-steel grouted rock bolts are used as conventional support in place of timbers. A 4 m wide rib pillar is left between two consecutive stopes. Floor stripping is undertaken where width of ore body exceeds 1.5 m. Once the mining is completed to the extremities of the stope backfilling of the excavated area is done. The layout of this method is illustrated as Fig. 2.1.

Fig. 2.1: Layout of Room and Pillar Method

Sequence of operations 1. Raises driven between levels at 19m. Centres along hanging wall contact. 2. Raise is widen to 15m by Bresting; Hang wall being rock bolted at 1.2m X 1.2m 3. Ore in the foot wall stripped.



Chapter-2 Page 16

Horizontal Cut and Fill (HCF) Stoping method

HCF method of stoping is used where the width of ore body is 4 – 6 m. The stoping is commenced by driving a sill level of about 5m above the ore drive and full width of the ore body is exposed for a maximum vertical height of 4.8 m. The hanging wall is supported by rock bolts systematically at 1.5 m X 1.5 m pattern. An F/W haulage is driven on the FW side of ore body and ore passes are excavated at 50o inclination either in waste or ore at intervals of 60m along strike. 1.5m dia ore pass rings made out of 10mm thick steel plates are welded inside the stope to serve as man way and ore pass through the backfill. Hopper loader 0.76 m3 electric LHDs are used to load and haul broken ore into the operations. Two panels are generally prepared; one for production and other for filling and consolidation. Back stripping is carried out in panels with 2.4 m vertical cut at a time. The layout of this method is illustrated as Fig. 2.2.

Fig. 2.2: Layout of Cut and Fill Method

Sequence of operations • Raises connections between two consecutive levels will be spaced at 50m-80m. These

raises will be driven along ore body. • Ore pass raises will be spaced @ 30m-60m interval. These raises will be maintained at

50° inclination either in foot of ore body (A) or within the ore body with the help of 5 concrete rings (B).

• Development at sill horizon will commence from the ore raises. • Sill level will be stripped to a height of 5.0 m. • Back to be rock bolted 1.5m X 1.5m pattern.



Chapter-2 Page 17

• Tailings will be filled leaving an open height of 2.0m – 2.5m for the movement of men & equipment.

• Subsequent cuts will be of 2.5m each and filling will be cyclic. • Development at sill horizon will commence from the ore raises.

Photo 2.a: LHD in operation in Stope at Surda Mine

Post Pillar Stoping Method

This method is generally adopted in ore bodies more than 6 m wide and a minimum strike length of 80m. Basically, it is identical to HCF mining except for the formation of 4m x 4m in-situ vertical posts to give additional stability to the roof by breaking long spans excavated. In addition to rock bolting of the roof, the back of each cut in ore is also rock bolted using 1.5m long grouted type rock bolts on 1.5 x 1.5m pattern. A F/W haulage is driven on the F/W side of the ore body and ore passes are excavated at 50o inclination at 30 m intervals along the strike. The post pillars are spaced at an interval of 13 m along strike and 9 m dip. Generally, 2.4 m high cuts are taken by drilling 2.4 m long uppers using stope air legs jack hammers. Maximum height of the excavation is limited to 4.8 m above the backfill. 0.76/1.5 m3 electric LHDs transfer the broken ore into the ore passes from where it is hauled in larger mine cars by locomotive on to the grizzly. The layout of this method is illustrated as Fig. 2.3.



Chapter-2 Page 18

Fig. 2.3: Layout of Post Pillar Method

Sequence of operations 1. Ore passes at 30m interval inclined at 50°. 2. Ore service raise in the centre of the stope along F/W. Two ventilation raises at

two extremities of the stope. 3. Development at sill horizon through ventilation, services & ore pass raises. 4. Stripping of level to a height of 5m, leaving 4mX 4m pillars at spacing of 13m

along strike and 9m across, back to be rock bolted 1.5m pattern. 5. Fill with tailing leaving an open height of 2.5m. 6. 2nd cut 2.5m. 7. For operational convenience a strike length of 80m, is taken as one panel.

The sequence of extraction for the PP and HCF stopes through dives and cross cuts driven from the lower level will be as follows:

• The ore drive, ~ 3.0 m x 2.4 m will be developed along the hanging wall contact from one end of the proposed block to the other end along the strike.



Chapter-2 Page 19

• The raises, 2.0 m x 1.8 m shall be driven at a distance not exceeding 80 m along the strike of the ore body to connect the consecutive levels.

• Ore pass raises will be made at 30 m – 60 m intervals. These raises will be maintained at 50o inclination either in the foot of the ore body or within the ore body with the help of steel rings.

• Sill level of 3.0 m x 3.0 m will be taken along the strike direction having 5.0 m vertical pillar from lower level

• Where the width >9.0 m, post pillars of 4.0 m x 4.0 m size, as support to the back shall be left in-situ and spaced <13.0 m along the strike and <9 m in the dip direction.

• The heightening of the sill level shall be taken up for 2.0 m such that the height of the stope from its floor shall not exceed 5.0 m at any place.

• The slice height in the ore shall be 2.5 m vertically. • The back of the stope (i.e. freshly exposed roof) shall be supported with rock

bolts made of TOR steel of 20 mm diameter. The spacing of the rows shall be 1.5 m and distance between the rows shall be 1.5 m. The length of the rock bolts shall be >1.5 m.

• The freshly exposed back and hang wall shall be supported by rock bolting and unsupported span shall not exceed 5 m from the face at any stage.

• De-slimed mill tailings and sand shall be filled in the stoped out area leaving open height not exceeding 2.5 m.

• The extraction and fillings shall be cyclic.

The salient design features of HCF and PP Stopes are given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: Design Features of Stopes Stope Parameters HCF Stopes PP Stopes

No. of working stopes 2 4 Size of Panel 80 m 80 m Level Interval 37.5 m 37.5 m Thickness of Crown Pillar 5 m 5 m Thickness of Sill Pillar 5 m 5 m Thickness of rib pillar 4 m 4 m Size & interval of stope pillar Not Applicable 4m x 4 m, 9 m dip & 13 m

strike Size / shape of man way 1.6 m dia 1.6 m dia Size / shape of ore pass 1.5 m dia 1.5 m dia Method of Stowing / backfilling

Hydraulic and gravity Hydraulic and gravity

Method of drainage of stowed water

Through perforated pipes via man way to lower level.

Through perforated pipes via man way to lower level.

The mine works 300 days / year.



Chapter-2 Page 20

The mine section is shown Fig. 2.4a and Fig 2.4b. Composite surface plan indicating various mine openings (shafts and inclines), and surface structures at present is given as drawing no. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/2.0.



Chapter-2 Page 21

Fig. 2.4a: Vertical Section through mine up to 8th Level



Chapter-2 Page 22

Fig. 2.4b: Vertical Section through mine, From 8th to 13th Level

NO. 07 LEVELRL 307.39 m

NO. 08 LEVEL

NO. 09 LEVEL

NO. 10 LEVEL

RL 421.50 m




300 m

400 m

600 m

500 m



Chapter-2 Page 23

2.7.6 Expansion Plan

Surda block extends 4.5 km in strike in Phase II. The average width of the ore body is 5.5 m, dipping at 300 to 350.

The major activities of Surda Phase II are as follows:

1. Sinking of Vertical shaft of 6 m diameter from surface to 18th L for a depth of 600 m. The shaft will be located at the central portion of the mineralized zone. Conventional mechanized shaft sinking method by using sinking winder, multi boom drill jumbo, grabs or crawler mounted loader is considered for shaft sinking.

2. Deepening of existing sub incline shaft from 13th level to 18th level. 3. Inter connection cross cut between vertical shaft and sub incline shaft from 10th

level to 18th level. 4. Deepening of existing 1200 S winze from 12th level to 16th level. 5. Level connection from 11th level to 16th level between 1200 S winze to sub incline

shaft. 6. Level and stope development from 12L up to 9L and 16th L to 13th L. 7. Development of haulage drive at 12th level & 16th level. 8. Installation of Ore handling system, i.e. crusher, feeder, surge Bin, measuring

hopper, spillage handling system etc. below 16th level.

Face drilling by Jack hammer with air leg and Drill jumbo are considered for faster development. Loading and transportation of rock is considered by 824 Loader with a combination of mine car.

Emulsion explosive in cartridge form (25 mm Ø or 40 mm Ø) will be used depending upon the size of the drilled holes. Blasting will be done by indirect initiation Method. Milli second delay and half second delay detonator will be used for development face blasting but the length of the lead wire will vary depending upon the drilled depth.

In case of vertical raise slurry explosive in the form of cartridge (83 mm Ø or 125 mm Ø) will be used. Mili second detonator will be used for initiation and vertical Crater Retreat method will be adopted.

The waste rock generated disposed off during shaft sinking will be hoisted to surface. Waste rock from development headings disposed off in stoped out areas. Section along the proposed shaft is enclosed as Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/5.0. Plan and sections showing proposed development till end of work have been shown in enclosed Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/6.1 and Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2 /6.2 respectively. The master surface plan of the mine is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/ 7.0.



Chapter-2 Page 24

Equipment

The following equipment are deployed in the existing mine:

Table 2.5: Existing Equipment at Surda Mine Equipment Capacity Nos. Available

Winders Surface Winder Engine 3#

100 hp motor, 26 mm dia. Langslay rope. Tub capacity 1.4 t

1

SI Winder engine 3# 175 hp motor, 22 mm dia. Langslay rope. Skip capacity 2.75 t

1

South Surda Winder engine

400 kW motor, 30 mm dia. Lockcoil rope. Skip capacity 3.75 t

1

Loaders CAVO - 310 Bucket Cap. - 0.167 cubic yards;

Hopper cap. - 1.307 cubic yards. 6

21B Loader 5 824 Loader 1 12B Loader 5 LHDs for ore transportation from stopes LHD – LH202 E Bucket Cap. - 1.9 cubic yards 1 LHD - 811 Bucket Cap. - 1.5 cubic yards 2 LHD 100 E Bucket Cap. - 1 cubic yard 3 LHD 2.2 Bucket Cap. - 2.2 cubic yards 1

Locomotives GB Loco Capacity 4 t 1 OPEL Loco Capacity 4 t 8 GEM Loco Capacity 4 t 2 GEM Loco Capacity 8 t 1 Loco – South Africa Capacity 4 t 2

Pumps, Compressors and Others Pumps 220 hp 2

100 hp 7 40 hp 3 30 hp 2 10 hp 2

Slurry Pump 1 Compressors 3500 cfm 1

3000 cfm 1 1000 cfm 3

Scraper 40 hp 2 Jackhammer Drilling machines

70

Ventilation Fan 180 hp Motor Capacity 2



Chapter-2 Page 25

Under the proposed expansion programme, the following equipment will be required:

Table 2.6: Equipment Required for Expanded Surda Mine (0.9 Mt/yr) Equipment Capacity Nos. Reqd. Drilling machines 32 mm dia 98 Drill jumbo 57 mm dia. 2 LHD 1.2 m3 11 Cavo loaders 1 m3 10 824 Loaders 1 m3 12 Winder 1700 kW 1 Winder 530 kW 1 Locomotives 8 – 10 t 17 Granby cars 3 – 5 t 60 Pumps 220 hp 6

100 hp 9 40 hp 6 (Standby)

2.7.7 Mine Ventilation

The existing quantity of intake air is adequate for the proposed production rate of about 3000 tonnes / day. In Surda Mine, there are four intakes with a total capacity of 8500 m3 / min :

1. No 2 shaft @ 500 m3 / min 2. No 3 shaft @ 3500 m3 / min 3. No 4 shaft @ 3000 m3 / min 4. No 5 adit @ 1500 m3 / min

Surda Mine is ventilated by two fans:

North fan: Aeroto axial flow fan 165 hp, 60 mm wg, 4300m3 /min capacity is installed at 600m north of No. 3 shaft at north Ventilation return airway. This is acting as the up cast for bottom and Northern portion of the mine.

South fan: VH 2500 165 hp,74 mm wg , 6000m3/min capacity is installed at No. 1 Adit i.e. South ventilation return airway located at 660m south of No. 3 shaft. This is acting as the up cast for the centre and south portion of the mine.

No. 3 shaft and 5 adit & sub-inclines serve as intake for north and bottom portion. North portion is ventilated by a split of 5th level /Sub-incline and the return air is drawn through 5L North haulage to North fan. Bottom portion is ventilated from 5th Level /Sub- incline and 8L/350 N winze. The air returned via 5L/75 S raise and 4L drive north to north fan. When the mine is deepened to the 18th level, the sub incline will also be deepened to the 18th level. The sub-incline will act as the intake to the deeper levels. For return, ventilation raises will be excavated at the northern side of



Chapter-2 Page 26

each level, which will finally meet the ventilation return airway at 660 m S of No. 3 Shaft.

The intake air from No. 2 shaft and 4 shafts ventilate the south and centre portions respectively. The 3L/660 S and 3L/400S stope of the mine is ventilated by a split from 5L/4 shaft via 5L/725 S winze (old). 7th level and 9th level is ventilated from No. 4 shaft. The return air from 9L is up casted to 5L by 1065 S winze and from there the return air is coursing to south fan. When the mine is deepened to the 18th level, the No. 4 Shaft and No. 2 Shaft will act as air intakes for the southern and the remaining central portions of the mine. The new shaft will also act as an additional intake. 1200 S winze will be deepened to the 18th level to ventilate all levels. No. 1 adit will act as return air passage.

By maintaining a minimum velocity of 0.5 m/s through the Room and Pillar and Horizontal Cut and Fill stopes, the volumes required have been estimated to be 6.0 m3/s and 18 m3/s, respectively and the volume required at the stope has been estimated to be 24 m3/s. The fresh air will enter via auxiliary fan at the top of the stope, the working places at the stope bottom, rise through the workings and exhaust out on the level above and then be directed to the nearest return airway.

2.7.8 Mine De-watering

Surda mine has two pumping stations located at 5th level and 10th level respectively. The pumping capacity is 1800 l/min from underground 5th level to surface. All the mine water of 5th level and above is collected at sump located at 5th level near No 3 shaft through drains. Water is pumped out directly from this sump to surface. The mine water below 5th level is collected at sump located at 10th level through drains. From this sump, water is pumped out to 5th level sump and then to surface. The mine water below 10th level is collected at 13th level sump and water is pumped out from 13th level to 10th level sump and subsequently to surface via 5th level.

For Surda phase II, the mine water below 13th level will be collected at 16th level sump, from where water will be pumped out at 13th level sump and from 13th level to surface via 10th level and 5th level.

The mine workings will be below the water table. In addition hydraulic stowing is practiced in the mine. The expanded mine will have the capacity to handle 4300 m3/d of water (including contingencies).

2.7.9 Explosive and Fuel Consumption

The present explosive consumption is 0.4 tonnes / day (t/d) i.e. 128 t/yr, which is expected to increase to 1.5 t/d (480 t/yr). Generally Slurry/Gel–60, Slurry/Gel - 80 type class 3 explosive are used. Plain Aluminum electric detonator, milli-second delay



Chapter-2 Page 27

detonators and long delay detonators and Non Electric Detonators of class 6 division 3 type are being used.

There are two Explosive magazines at the mine site. The magazine at Surda 3 shaft area has the capacity to store 450 kg explosives, 7000 m of safety fuses and 4000 detonators. The magazine at South Surda 4 Shaft area has the capacity to store 907 kg explosives, 14000 m safety fuses and 8000 detonators. The existing magazines will also cater to the needs of the expanded mine. The present HSD consumption is 0.25 kilolitres per day, which is expected to increase to 0.40 kilolitres per day. The fuel is supplied in road tankers from Jamshedpur. The existing facilities will meet the needs of the expanded mine also.

2.7.10 Mineral Processing and transportation

Presently, the ore is broken by rock-breakers located underground. The broken ore raised to the surface, is transported by road trucks to the Mosabani Concentrator Plant (haulage distance ~8 km) for further processing (involving crushing, grinding and froth floatation) to produce copper concentrate (23 - 25% Cu). The copper concentrate is trucked to HCL’s Moubhandar smelter for smelting and refining of copper. The coarse tailings are trucked back to the mine for use as stowing material. The fine tailings are dumped in tailings ponds adjacent to the concentrator plant. Later these are also trucked back to Surda mine for use as stowing material.

Ore from Surda mine is transported to Mosabani Ore Processing Plant by road in 25 t dumpers. The traffic is expected to increase by ~100 trucks per day on account of increased ore transport from the expanded mine. The road is a well maintained paved road with sufficient load bearing capacity (this road also caters to the needs of Bagjata Uranium Mine). Moreover, the State Government has already initiated the process of upgrading this road to a State Highway; this will include widening and strengthening the road.

2.8 SITE SERVICES Surda Mine is an operating mine with a sound infrastructure in place. The following facilities have been created and no additional facility is required for the proposed expansion project. 1. Compressor House and Compressors 2. Electric Sub Station and Power distribution net work 3. Surface workshops 4. Main Ventilation system 5. Explosive Magazines 6. Lamp Room 7. Time Office



Chapter-2 Page 28

8. Canteen 9. Pit head baths & Locker Room for workers 10. Office complex

Surda mine has an independent sprawling township of around 920 residential quarters, for its staff and workers. A Central School (Kendriya Vidyalaya) up to higher Secondary standard is situated here, and caters to Mosaboni, Moubhandar, and Rakha townships. It has a small post office, a bank, a shopping centre. A small dispensary meets the immediate medical needs of the residents.

2.9 POWER SUPPLY

The present power consumption is 3.5 MW. The power demand of the expanded mine is estimated to be 7.2 MW. The power is supplied by Jharkhand State Electricity Board (JSEB) through Feeder. JSEB supplies bulk electricity to mines and smelter through its main sub-station at Mosaboni sub- station which is fed from DVC through a 132 KV feeder. Power is received at HCL Mosaboni sub-station at 132 KV and is distributed through network of its own 11 KV feeder lines to Surda mine. At Surda Mine, it is stepped down to 3.3 KV and 440 V for feeding to different consumers. For the emergency power, 1 no. diesel generating set of 3.5 MW has been installed.

2.10 WATER SUPPLY

At Surda mine, water is required for drilling & spraying, stowing, dust suppression on haul roads & waste dump, equipment washing, green belt irrigation and drinking. Industrial water and potable water requirement for the expanded mine is estimated to be maximum 2900 m3/day which will be met by utilizing mine discharge water (500 m3/day), recycled water (1530 m3/day) and by drawing water from Subarnarekha River (1000 m3/day). 160 m3/day of drinking water is supplied to the township. This water is drawn from Subarnarekha River (Copy of application for water drawal attached as Annexure 2.3). Water requirement for the expanded project is shown in Table 2.7. The water balance showing various consumers, discharges and sources is shown as Fig. 2.5.



Chapter-2 Page 29

Table 2.7: Water Requirement Purpose Average

Demand Peak

Demand Source

At Mine Site Drilling and spraying 200 200 Mine discharge Stowing Make-up 2250 2250 Fresh Water + Recycled Water Dust Suppression at surface 60 80 Mine discharge Compressor’s Cooling Tower 50 50 Fresh Water Equipment Washing 60 90 Mine discharge Green Belt 30 50 Fresh Water + Recycled water Fire Service - 100 Fresh Water Drinking & pit head bath at mine 20 20 Fresh Water

Subtotal 2670 2740 + 100 Township

Township 160 160 Fresh Water Subtotal 160 160

Total 2830 2900 + 100 Figures are in m3 /day



Chapter-2 Page 30

Compressor Cooling

Source: 50

Reus

eRe

use

Mine Discharge Water500

10

Source: 20

Mine drinking water / Pit head bath

Afforestation & Green Belt DevelopmentSource: 20Recycled: 30

Source: 80Dust Supression

Source: 750

Source Demand

Discharge: 0

+ Fire fighting:100

Recycled: 1500

Stowing Make up water

Source: 90

Source: 200

Drilling and Spraying

Equipment/vehicle Washing/Workshop

Recycle / Reuse

Demand:2900 Recycle:1530Source: 1500

Discharge

Subarnarekha River 1000

Surface Tank1320

Losses130

500

820

20

Recy

cle

Losses

Township

Source: 160

Figures are in m3 /day

Fig. 2.5: Water Balance for Surda Mine showing Peak Water Demand

2.11 MANPOWER

The mine employs 903 persons. The expanded mine will employ a total of 1500 persons, i.e. ~600 addition persons will be employed.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment



Chapter-3 Page 31

3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 PROJECT SITE AND STUDY AREA

Surda mine lease where all mining activities are carried out is designated as the core zone. The area within a 10 km radius of the core zone is designated as the buffer zone. The core zone and the buffer zone together constitute the study area. The location of the study area is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/ 11/S2/1.0(B).

3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND METHODOLOGY

The environmental components studied and the methodologies followed for the preparation of EIA report are given in Table 3.1

Table 3.1: Environmental Components and the Methodologies Sl Area Environmental

Attributes Parameters Methodology

1 Core zone & Buffer zone

Micro-meteorology Air temperature, wind speed & direction, relative humidity, rainfall

Field Monitoring

2

Core zone & Buffer zone

Air • Ambient Air Quality (PM10, SO2, NOx).

• Work Zone Air Quality (SPM, PM10, SO2, NOx).

Field Monitoring


Water Water Quality • Surface (parameters as

per IS: 10500) • Ground (parameters as per

IS: 10500) Effluent (parameters as

per General standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to inland surface water as prescribed by MoEF&CC) Ground water regime

Water level measurement in pre and post monsoon seasons

Field Monitoring


Noise Ambient and Work Zone Leq Noise

Field Monitoring


Soil Soil Quality (pH, Elect. Conductivity, texture, NPK, Exch. cations, micronutrients)

Field Monitoring



Chapter-3 Page 32

Sl Area Environmental Attributes

Parameters Methodology


Ecological Features Flora & Fauna Field Study / Secondary Data


Socio-economic Features

Parameters related to Socio-economic aspects (agricultural situation, employment, income, consumption and saving etc)

Field Study (Public Consultation by questionnaire survey) / Secondary Data

8 Core zone Land Solid waste generation and dumping

Secondary Data

9 Interface of Study Area & Project Site

Infrastructure Traffic Density Field Monitoring


Land Use Land use types Land schedule records, satellite image processing

3.2.1 Study period

Site monitoring has been carried in both post-monsoon season - 2012 and post-monsoon season - 2014, for the period from September to November to study the above mentioned environmental attributes. Sampling and analysis has been carried out by Environmental Engineering Laboratory at MECON, Ranchi for post-monsoon season - 2012 and by CEG Test House and Research Centre Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur (a NABL accredited laboratory) for post-monsoon season, 2014. Field monitoring for the attributes viz. meteorology, air quality, soil quality, water quality and noise levels has been carried out.

3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

3.3.1 General Climate

The study area lies in tropical region where climate is characterised by very hot summers and cool winters. The nearest observatory of India Meteorological Department (IMD) is at Kadma Colony in Jamshedpur, about 40 km away.

Summer is typically from mid March to mid June when temperature ranges from a maximum of 40.1°C (monthly average of daily maximum) during day time to a minimum of 18.6°C (monthly average of daily minimum) at night. Winter is from December to February when the maximum temperature during day goes up to 29.4°C (monthly average of daily maximum) and minimum temperature at night becomes 11.6°C (monthly average of daily minimum). The average annual rainfall is 1379.3 mm. The South-west



Chapter-3 Page 33

monsoon lasts from mid June to mid September and the area gets more than 80% of the annual rainfall during this period. Monthly average of daily maximum and minimum temperature of the region is shown as Fig. 3.1. Monthly variation of rainfall vis-à-vis potential evapo-transpiration of the region is shown in Fig 3.2.

Fig. 3.1: Monthly average of daily maximum and minimum temperature of the region Source: Climatological Tables and Observations in India, India Meteorological Department, Jamshedpur

Fig. 3.2. Monthly variation of rainfall vis-à-vis potential evapo-transpiration Source: Climatological Tables and Observations in India, India Meteorological department, Jamshedpur

The annual predominant wind directions (IMD, Jamshedpur) are W & NW (each prevailing for 13.5% of the time) and E & SW (each prevailing for

05

101520253035404550

Temperature (°C)

Months

Max. Min.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Rainfall/PET (mm)

Months

Rainfall (mm) PET (mm)



Chapter-3 Page 34

10.5% of the time). During the summer months the predominant wind directions are W, NW and SW in that order.

3.3.2 Physiography

The area is situated at the edge of the Chotanagpur Plateau which is characterized by gentle to moderately steep or steep slopes.

The leasehold area is situated at the bottom of escarpment extending in the north-south direction. Consequently the western part of the lease area rises steeply to a height of ~260 m above mean sea level (AMSL) from a base slightly more than 100 m AMSL. The central and eastern part of the lease area slopes gently towards the east. The lower most pat of the lease is at 104 m AMSL located on the eastern boundary of the lease. The ground slopes gently eastwards towards the Subarnarekha River, which flows at a distance of about 2.5 km east of Surda Mine Lease.

The study area is on the eastern fringes of the Chhotanagpur Plateau. The western half of the study area is covered by a prominent escarpmentextending in the northwest – southeast axis whereas the eastern half comprises of the valley of Subarnarekha River. The escarpment comprises of a series of hills rising to maximum height of 531 m above mean sea level. This escarpment is covered with sal forests.

There is no national park, biosphere reserve, elephant reserve, elephant corridor, tiger reserve, sanctuary, habitat for migratory birds, archeological site, defense installation or airport within 10 km of the periphery of core zone. The area does not fall in seismically active or land slide prone zone. Physiographical features of the study area are shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/08.

3.3.3 Drainage

The study area is part of the Subarnarekha Basin. The Subarnarekha River is a major perennial river which drains a large part of south-eastern Jharkhand, western part of West Midnapur District of West Bengal and north-eastern parts of Odisha adjoining West Bengal before flowing into the Bay of Bengal. In the study area, the Subarnarekha flows from northwest towards the south-east through a wide valley about 2 – 3 km east of Surda Mine Lease.

Surda Mine Lease is drained by mainly by two streams. The northern and central parts are drained by seasonal drainage channels originating from springs in ML which form the Gharaduba Nala. The southern part of the ML is drained by the Surda Nala. These perennial streams flow towards the south-east / east to meet each other about 2 km east of the lease’s south-eastern corner before draining into the Subarnarekha River ~0.5 km further east.Another perennial stream, the Kankuram



Chapter-3 Page 35

Nala , flows from the south-west towards the north-east just beyond the lease’s northern boundary to join the Subarnarekha River about 2.5 km north-north-east of Surda Mine Lease. A small area in the north-western corner of the lease drains into the Kankuram nala.

Major part of the area has dendritic drainage pattern. The drainage of the area is controlled through a network of small seasonal and perennial streams which drain into the Subarnarekha river. The Subarnarekha river flows from the north east towards the south-east about 2.5 km east of the lease area.

The general groundwater table of the lease hold area is located 12 – 16 m below the ground level.Existing drainage in the area in the vicinity of the lease is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/09.

3.3.4 Land use

Land use in the study area

Existing land use in the study area has been studied through satellite image processing (RESOURCESAT - 2 LISS III, December, 2012) with satellite data of 24 m resolution. Existing land use in the study area is shown in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Approximate land use in Study Area Land use category Area (ha) Percentage (%) 1. Built up area

• Rural • Urban

2319.094 978.051

5.87 2.47

2. Agricultural land • Crop land – under crop / fallow

19170.286

48.49

3. Forest land • Dense forest • Open forest • Degraded / Scrub forest • Forest Plantation

8584.385 2827.749 2548.785 144.392

21.71 7.15 6.45 0.37

4. Waste land • Scrub Land – Dense • Scrub Land - Open • Barren Rocky / Sheet Rock Area • Gullied Land

132.324 2265.757 25.492 277.255

0.33 5.73 0.06 0.70

5. Surface water bodies 172.670 0.44 6. Others

• Stone Quarry • Active Mining Area

79.092 6.863

0.21 0.02

TOTAL 39532.195 100

The table shows that agricultural land is the predominant land use covering 48.49 % of the study area. Forests cover 35.68 % of the study area,



Chapter-3 Page 36

settlements cover 8.34% of the study area, waste land covers 6.82% of the study area, surface water bodies cover 0.44 % of the study area and quarries & mines cover 0.23% of the study area. Land use coverage is shown in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/10.

Land Use in the Lease Area

The lease covers an area of 388.68 ha consisting of 149.03 ha forest area, 239.65 ha of non-forest area.

Of the 388.68 ha lease area 55.57 ha area has been utilised for the mine, associated infrastructure and green belt & plantations. This comprises of 31.07 ha Forest Land and 24.50 ha Non-forest land; no agricultural land or homestead land has been utilized so far. Under the proposed expansion programme, 10.76 ha of non-forest / nonagricultural land will be utlised for the proposed new shaft.

Pre-mining and existing land-use break ups of the lease hold area are given inTable 3.3.

Table 3.3: Landuse in Core Zone Land Use Pre-Mining (ha) Existing (ha) Agricultural Land 111.048 (28.57%) 111.048 (28.57%) Forest Land 149.03 (38.34%) 117.96 (30.35%) Roads 3.529 (0.91%) 3.529 (0.91%) Water Bodies 3.504 (0.90%) 3.504 (0.90%) Barren land 118.404 (30.46%) 75.114 (19.33%) Plantations Nil 18.79 (4.83%) Settlements 3.165 (0.81%) 3.165 (0.81%) Mining infrastructure (including township)

Nil 55.57* (14.30%)

TOTAL 388.68 (100%) 388.68 (100%) *Includes 31.07 ha of diverted Forest Land

3.3.5 Industrial profile of the study area

Other industries and mines located within 10 km radius area of Surda mine lease are as follows (Table 3.4):

Table 3.4 : Industries and Mines around Surda Mine NAME Aerial Distance & Direction Industries Copper Smelter & Refinery of HCL at Moubhandar 3 km NE Mosabani Copper ore concentrator plant of HCL (temperorly closed)

4.3 km SE

Mines (Leases) Rakha Copper Mine Lease of HCL (closed but being reopened)

5.2 km NW



Chapter-3 Page 37

NAME Aerial Distance & Direction Kendadih Copper Mine Lease of HCL (closed but being reopened)

Adjacent (on northern side)

Mosabani Copper Mine of HCL (closed) 1.4 km S Bagjata Uranium Mine of UCIL 9.5 km SSE

3.4 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION OF STUDY AREA

The establishment of baseline for different environmental components in the study area and at the project site has been carried out by conducting field monitoring for baseline data generation. The data generation was carried out covering Meteorology, Ambient Air Quality, Noise Levels, Water Quality, Soil, Ecology and Socio-economic features. Besides additional data /information regarding water availability at streams and springs, ground water level measurement at wells, ecology, demographic pattern and socio-economic conditions were collected from various central and state government agencies.

3.4.1 Meteorology

Prevailing micro-meteorological conditions at site regulate the dispersion (and hence dilution) of air pollutants in the atmosphere. Therefore study of meteorological conditions is an integral part of environmental impact assessment studies.

Accordingly, a micro-meteorological station was set up at the Surda Mine Administrative Building. The location is marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/08. The following parameters were recorded at hourly intervals continuously during the monitoring seasons: • Wind speed • Wind Direction • Air Temperature • Relative humidity

Rainfall was recorded on daily basis.

Table 3.5 gives the summary of meteorological data collected during Post-monsoon season, 2012 and Post-monsoon season, 2014.



Chapter-3 Page 38

Table 3.5: Summarised Meteorological Data for Post Monsoon A. Post Monsoon 2012

Month Wind speed (km/hr)

Temperature (°C)

Relative humidity (%)

Rainfall (mm) M

ean

Max

.

% o

f Ca

lm

Mea

n

High

est

Low

est

Mea

n

High

est

Low

est

Tota

l

24 h

rs.

high

est

No. o

f ra

iny

days

Sept., 2012

0.62 6.2 11.61 29.8 38.5 24.2 82.24 97.2 36.5 278 78.0 12

Oct., 2012

0.71 4.3 14.79 27.2 37.6 17 76.16 96.6 33.0 235 113.5 12

Nov., 2012

0.94 5.0 21.25 22.8 33.3 13.2 72.72 96.6 23.6 96.5 20.0 11

B. Post Monsoon 2014

Month Wind speed (km/hr)

Temperature (°C)

Relative humidity (%)

Rainfall (mm)

Mea

n

Max

.

% o

f Ca

lm

Mea

n

High

est

Low

est

Mea

n

High

est

Low

est

Tota

l

24 h

rs.

high

est

No. o

f ra

iny

days

Sept., 2014

4.8 32.1 62.3 30.2 38.2 25.0 87.2 98.4 40.7 118 64.0 5

Oct., 2014

1.74 15.3 72.2 28.0 36.8 19.4 72.1 90.4 39.4 Nil 0 -

Nov., 2014

0.77 4.8 75.7 22.7 34.8 12.4 68.3 92.1 28.1 Nil 0 -

• Mean Annual rainfall is 1379.3 mm and no. of rainy days : 73.1 (Observed at IMD observatory, Jamshedpur)

Table 3.6 gives wind frequency pattern of day-night (24 hours), day and night as monitored during Post-monsoon seasons of both 2012 and 2014.



Chapter-3 Page 39

Table 3.6: Wind Frequency Distribution at Surda

A. 24 hours Overall for Post-monsoon season - 2012 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum

% 1.8<V<=3.6 3.6<V<=7.2 7.2<V<=14.4 14.4<V<=28.8 V>28.8 N 6.33 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.01 NNE 0.36 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.36 NE 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 ENE 0.47 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.62 E 0.36 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.47 ESE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SSE 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 S 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SSW 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SW 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 WSW 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 W 0.31 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.41 WNW 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 NW 0.52 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.57 NNW 5.75 0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.49 SUM % 14.40 1.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 16.23

CALM (V<1.8 km/hr) = 83.77

B. Day Time (0600 – 1800 Hrs.) for Post-monsoon season - 2012 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum


CALM (V<1.8 km/hr) = 71.98



Chapter-3 Page 40

C. Night time (1800 – 0600 Hrs.)for Post-monsoon season - 2012 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum


CALM (V<1.8 km/hr) = 97.39

D. 24 hours Overall for Post-monsoon season – 2014 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum


CALM (V<1.8 Km/hr) = 70.05%



Chapter-3 Page 41

E. Day Time (0600 – 1800 Hrs.) for Post-monsoon season-2014 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum

% 1.8<V<=3.6 3.6<V<=7.2 7.2<V<=14.4 14.4<V<=28.8 V>28.8 N 2.25 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.37 NNE 1. 60 0.08 0.04 0.00 0.00 1.72 NE 2.08 0.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.41 ENE 1.43 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.51 E 1.84 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.92 ESE 1.56 0.20 0.04 0.00 0.00 1.80 SE 1.47 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.55 SSE 1.14 0.16 0.08 0.00 0.00 1.38 S 2.17 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.29 SSW 1.76 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.84 SW 2.74 0.16 0.04 0.00 0.00 2.94 WSW 1.06 0.24 0.02 0.00 0.04 1.36 W 2.25 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.45 WNW 0.94 0.12 0.04 0.00 0.00 1.10 NW 2.94 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.11 NNW 3.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.07 SUM % 30.31 2.25 0.24 0.00 0.04 32.84

CALM (V<1.8 Km/hr) = 67.16%

F. Night time (1800 – 0600 Hrs.) for Post-monsoon season-2014 Direction Velocity Ranges (km/hr) Sum %

1.8<V<=3.6 3.6<V<=7.2 7.2<V<=14.4 14.4<V<=28.8 V>28.8 N 4.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.74 NNE 1.40 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.54 NE 1.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.72 ENE 0.42 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.51 E 4.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.56 ESE 0.37 0.09 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.51 SE 0.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.23 SSE 1.12 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26 S 0.09 0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.14 SSW 0.37 0.23 0.14 0.00 0.00 0.74 SW 0.51 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.60 WSW 0.00 0.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.04 W 0.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.42 WNW 0.37 0.09 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.55 NW 0.37 0.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.46 NNW 8.65 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.65 SUM % 25.35 1.02 0.32 0.00 0.00 26.69

CALM (V<1.8 Km/hr) = 73.31%



Chapter-3 Page 42

The observation as recorded during post-monsoon season 2012 is given in Table 3.6 (A, B & C) above. The results shows that predominant wind direction was found to be north, which prevailed for 7.01% of the time, closely followed by north- north-west (NNW), which prevailed for 6.49% of the time. Calm conditions prevailed for 83.77% of the time. During day time predominant wind direction was found to be north (prevailing for 12.80% of the time) followed by NNW (10.50%); calm conditions prevailed for ~72% of the time. During night time there was hardly any wind; calm condition prevailed for 97.39 % of the time. Local terrain features may be responsible for local alteration of predominant wind direction.

The observation as recorded during post-monsoon season 2014 is given in Table 3.6 (D, E & F) above. The results shows that predominant wind direction was found to be north- north-west (NNW), which prevailed for 5.68% of the time, followed by north, which prevailed for 3.48% of the time. Calm conditions prevailed for 70.06% of the time. During day time predominant wind direction was found to be north-west (prevailing for 3.11% of the time) followed by NNW (3.07%); calm conditions prevailed for ~67.16% of the time. During night time predominant wind direction is found to be north- north-west (NNW), which prevailed for 8.65% of the time, followed by north, which prevailed for 4.74% of the time; calm condition prevailed for 73.35 % of the time.

Figs. 3.3.1, 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 gives the wind-rose diagrams of Post Monsoon Season, 2012 and Figs. 3.3.4, 3.3.5 and 3.3.6 give the wind-rose diagrams of Post Monsoon Season, 2014 at Surda Mine Office separately for 24 hours overall (day-night), day and night time respectively, based on the monitored data.



Chapter-3 Page 43

Fig. 3.3.1: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012 (Overall)

Fig. 3.3.2: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012

(Day Time)



Chapter-3 Page 44

Fig. 3.3.3: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2012

(Night Time)

Fig. 3.3.4: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Overall)



Chapter-3 Page 45

Fig. 3.3.5: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Day Time)

Fig. 3.3.6: Wind Rose at Surda, Post Monsoon, 2014 (Night Time)

3.4.2 Air Quality

To quantify the impact of the proposed mining and allied activities on the ambient air quality, it is necessary at first to evaluate the existing ambient air quality of the core and the buffer zones. The existing ambient air quality, in terms of Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur-dioxide (SO2) and



Chapter-3 Page 46

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)has been measured through a planned field monitoring.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location In order to fix the locations of the monitoring stations, a model suggested by Houghland and Stephens (Ref: The Design of Air Quality Monitoring Network; R.E. Munn, 1981) has been used. This model suggests setting up of monitoring stations at those locations where ground level concentration (GLC) is high. The probability factor was found by determining the "coverage factor" for potential monitoring locations around the project, which are likely to be affected due to air pollutants from the project. The coverage factors for all potential locations were calculated by the following formula:

Freq. (k) Ajk = ------------ (1 + D j)

Where

Ajk = Coverage factor of the monitoring site in the kth down wind sector Freq. (k) = Frequency of wind direction in the kth sector. Dj = Distance (km) from the source (project) to the site.

• The wind rose data of IMD Jamshedpur observatory was used to calculate the Ajk values of all potential AAQ monitoring stations. Stations were set up all around the project site.

• Stations were set up at all around the mine lease area.

Possible stations covering all possible downwind directions and in varying distances up to a limited stretch from the project site were tested with this mathematical model. The station with the lowest coverage factor has been selected to serve as the control station. Table 3.7 gives location of the ambient air quality monitoring stations and their coverage factors.

Eight (8) locations were identified for establishing Ambient Air Quality monitoring Network. Of these stations, one was within the mining core zone, two within 0.5 km of the core zone in the predominantly downwind directions and the rest were outside the mining lease mostly within 4 km from core zone.



Chapter-3 Page 47

Table 3.7: Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring Stations Sl. No.

Location Station Code

Distance & Direction from nearest lease boundary

Coverage factor

1. Surda Mine Office A1 Core Zone - 2. Village Purnapani A2 0.5 km W 7.00 3. Village Latabera A3 0.3 km E 10.38 4. Village Laukesra A4 1.0 km SE 6.75 5. Village Rangamatiya A5 3.0 km S 1.00 6. Village Terenga A6 2.0 km N 1.33 7. Village Upper Royam A7 7.0 km NNW 0.50 8. Ghatsila A8 3.5 km ENE 3.00

The stations are also marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/08. In absence of any stack, the ambient air quality is expected to be affected in and around the mining areas up to a limited distance. Keeping this in view, air quality of core and nearby buffer zone (mostly up to 4 km) has been monitored. Stations were set up in the nearby settlements / villages surrounding the mine lease.

Monitoring schedule

As mentioned earlier, the EIA report has been prepared on the basis of Ambient Air Quality data generated during full post monsoon seasons of 2012 and 2014 covering three months (September, October and November) . Samples of 24 hourly duration were taken for monitoring PM10, SO2 and NOx on each monitoring day.

Methods of Sampling and Analysis

The methods of sample collection, equipment used and analysis procedures as followed are given in Table 3.8 and Nation Ambient Air Quality Standards are given in Table 3.9.

Table 3.8 : Methodology of Sampling & Analysis and Equipment Used Sl. No.

Parameters Instrument/ Apparatus used

Method followed

Reference

1. PM10 RDS, Balance Gravimetry CPCB notification of 11-4-94

2. NOx RDS/HVAS with Impinger tubes, spectrophotometer

Jacobs and Hochheiser modified (Na-arsenite) Method

CPCB notification of 11-4-94

3. SO2 RDS/HVAS with Impinger tubes, spectrophotometer

Improved West & Gaecke method

CPCB notification of 11-4-94



Chapter-3 Page 48

Table 3.9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards (2009)

Sl Parameter Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Government)

1 SO2 ; (µg/m3) Annual* 50 20 24 Hours** 80 80

2 NOx ; (µg/m3) Annual* 40 30 24 Hours** 80 80

3 PM10; (µg/m3) Annual* 60 60 24 Hours** 100 100

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals

** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be compiled with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days.

Results and Discussions

Station wise detailed monitoring data is furnished in Table 3.10.1 to 3.10.8. The summarised results of ambient air quality monitoring are given in Table 3.11. The results when compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) indicate that air quality is within norms for all of the monitoring locations, barring a few maximum readings of PM10.

Table 3.10.1 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Surda Mine Office A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012

Sample No. Date Results in μg/m3 PM10 SO2 NOx

1 04.09.12 52 17.6 12.6 2 07.09.12 66 19.0 14.3 3 11.09.12 73 10.2 12.2 4 14.09.12 62 11.5 14.4 5 17.09.12 53 15.5 13.9 6 21.09.12 59 9.8 11.3 7 25.09.12 87 10.3 16.2 8 29.09.12 69 13.0 15.7 9 01.10.12 62 14.6 16.0 10 05.10.12 86 12.1 10.8 11 08.10.12 72 14.4 15.3 12 12.10.12 61 22.6 13.4 13 16.10.12 46 18.1 15.6 14 20.10.12 84 14.6 16.7 15 26.10.12 57 7.4 13.8 16 29.10.12 67 10.8 13.9 17 03.11.12 31 14.5 <10 18 06.11.12 30 18.4 <10 19 09.11.12 77 16.9 12.5 20 13.11.12 76 19.4 18.7 21 17.11.12 71 12.1 17.1 22 21.11.12 79 10.5 11.3 23 25.11.12 45 18.1 10.0 24 29.11.12 43 9.0 10.5



Chapter-3 Page 49

B. Post-monsoon Season, 2014 Sample No. Date Results in μg/m3

PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 82 <6 10.3 2 05.09.14 79 7.2 12.7 3 08.09.14 67 15.4 18.7 4 11.09.14 74 14.7 15.3 5 16.09.14 58 6.6 9.8 6 20.09.14 88 17.3 19.7 7 22.09.14 87 14.1 19.3 8 26.09.14 62 6.8 12.4 9 08.10.14 81 11.1 15.1 10 11.10.14 69 15.1 11.3 11 13.10.14 102 12.4 13.5 12 17.10.14 73 11.7 19.3 13 21.10.14 69 16.1 20.3 14 25.10.14 80 17.3 19.0 15 28.10.14 82 14.0 15.2 16 31.10.14 90 <6 10.6 17 03.11.14 84 7.3 12.0 18 07.11.14 88 10.8 15.1 19 11.11.14 70 7.5 17.4 20 14.11.14 85 16.0 18.1 21 17.11.14 93 11.3 16.9 22 20.11.14 81 8.2 18.0 23 26.11.14 79 12.2 18.6 24 30.11.14 90 10.3 13.3

Table 3.10.2 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Purnapani A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 78 13.0 12.2 2 07.09.12 64 10.5 10.4 3 11.09.12 70 7.0 11.1 4 14.09.12 77 6.9 15.7 5 17.09.12 40 17.4 13.7 6 21.09.12 72 16.6 12.0 7 25.09.12 63 15.4 13.5 8 29.09.12 44 6.2 <10 9 01.10.12 62 11.3 15.0 10 05.10.12 74 8.5 11.7 11 08.10.12 60 10.1 10.4 12 12.10.12 64 11.5 15.3 13 16.10.12 74 9.2 13.3 14 20.10.12 60 10.2 12.9 15 26.10.12 39 11.8 <10 16 29.10.12 85 10.6 <10 17 03.11.12 84 9.1 <10 18 06.11.12 79 15.3 <10 19 09.11.12 68 15.1 11.4 20 13.11.12 72 11.3 12.7 21 17.11.12 56 12.4 10.6 22 21.11.12 59 11.0 <10 23 25.11.12 71 18.3 11.3 24 29.11.12 62 12.4 <10



Chapter-3 Page 50


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 63 8.8 14.4 2 05.09.14 66 <6 18.7 3 08.09.14 77 9.8 13.1 4 11.09.14 70 <6 9.8 5 16.09.14 58 7.0 8.5 6 20.09.14 77 8.9 10.8 7 22.09.14 80 11.5 15.6 8 26.09.14 61 <6 14.5 9 08.10.14 83 8.3 9.2 10 11.10.14 79 10.6 18.7 11 13.10.14 82 13.4 15.2 12 17.10.14 99 6.8 8.4 13 21.10.14 80 10.3 15.8 14 25.10.14 71 6.9 19.4 15 28.10.14 77 7.8 9.1 16 31.10.14 73 8.1 15.1 17 03.11.14 79 8.5 16.6 18 07.11.14 86 7.7 11.7 19 11.11.14 71 8.3 19.2 20 14.11.14 89 14.5 11.8 21 17.11.14 81 10.8 8.1 22 20.11.14 86 12.1 18.1 23 26.11.14 90 9.1 10.6 24 30.11.14 81 10.8 15.2

Table 3.10.3 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Latabera A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 42 11.7 <10 2 07.09.12 44 10.1 <10 3 11.09.12 65 18.9 11.2 4 14.09.12 51 14.7 <10 5 17.09.12 58 15.0 <10 6 21.09.12 55 16.1 <10 7 25.09.12 41 12.7 12.1 8 29.09.12 51 6.2 <10 9 01.10.12 42 8.6 12.7 10 05.10.12 34 19.3 15.2 11 08.10.12 40 15.9 15.1 12 12.10.12 32 22.3 13.7 13 16.10.12 72 23.9 11.1 14 20.10.12 60 14.1 12.8 15 26.10.12 59 13.6 10.6 16 29.10.12 55 15.8 12.6 17 03.11.12 35 18.8 13.6 18 06.11.12 33 19.0 11.0 19 09.11.12 53 19.0 <10 20 13.11.12 68 15.8 <10 21 17.11.12 68 14.1 13.9 22 21.11.12 63 18.9 11.2 23 25.11.12 45 17.3 13.6 24 29.11.12 58 21.9 <10



Chapter-3 Page 51


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 62 <6 10.9 2 05.09.14 66 8.3 9.6 3 08.09.14 73 6.4 8.9 4 11.09.14 78 11.3 9.5 5 16.09.14 63 <6 10.1 6 20.09.14 71 10.6 14.0 7 22.09.14 83 14.8 10.9 8 26.09.14 62 <6 10.3 9 08.10.14 70 10.8 13.9 10 11.10.14 81 8.4 11.8 11 13.10.14 90 9.4 14.6 12 17.10.14 93 10.6 16.1 13 21.10.14 86 9.5 15.7 14 25.10.14 80 11.6 14.0 15 28.10.14 66 <6 10.3 16 31.10.14 73 6.0 7.7 17 03.11.14 79 7.0 12.2 18 07.11.14 98 10.8 14.8 19 11.11.14 87 10.4 15.6 20 14.11.14 80 7.9 14.3 21 17.11.14 88 9.1 13.7 22 20.11.14 98 12.5 15.0 23 26.11.14 83 8.7 11.6 24 30.11.14 79 10.8 12.4

Table 3.10.4 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Laukesra A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 65 14.4 13.7 2 07.09.12 60 11.4 13.2 3 11.09.12 71 7.4 11.5 4 14.09.12 57 13.7 10.2 5 17.09.12 60 14.2 10.0 6 21.09.12 85 10.1 11.5 7 25.09.12 83 11.2 14.4 8 29.09.12 59 14.8 12.6 9 01.10.12 69 7.6 10.6 10 05.10.12 67 5.0 11.2 11 08.10.12 62 14.0 15.3 12 12.10.12 54 9.5 11.0 13 16.10.12 70 17.0 10.4 14 20.10.12 55 18.4 <10 15 26.10.12 59 15.5 10.3 16 29.10.12 71 8.5 11.6 17 03.11.12 77 15.0 11.9 18 06.11.12 69 7.8 12.6 19 09.11.12 78 9.0 10.2 20 13.11.12 68 14.2 10.7 21 17.11.12 55 13.5 <10 22 21.11.12 62 5.4 11.6 23 25.11.12 55 7.3 12.4 24 29.11.12 56 7.4 <10



Chapter-3 Page 52


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 69 7.2 9.4 2 05.09.14 71 <6 8.8 3 08.09.14 80 10.4 15.3 4 11.09.14 84 16.3 12.0 5 16.09.14 66 7.6 15.5 6 20.09.14 68 6.4 15.1 7 22.09.14 74 9.8 17.0 8 26.09.14 66 6.3 9.9 9 08.10.14 73 10.1 18.1 10 11.10.14 79 11.9 19.4 11 13.10.14 83 13.7 12.5 12 17.10.14 90 11.3 10.6 13 21.10.14 79 10.8 7.8 14 25.10.14 89 8.8 15.9 15 28.10.14 63 6.1 8.3 16 31.10.14 80 10.3 15.1 17 03.11.14 86 7.6 12.8 18 07.11.14 64 <6 7.7 19 11.11.14 69 7.2 10.9 20 14.11.14 81 7.8 13.2 21 17.11.14 84 6.0 10.6 22 20.11.14 93 11.9 16.1 23 26.11.14 81 11.5 14.8 24 30.11.14 77 10.6 15.7

Table 3.10.5 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Vill. Rangamatiya A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 61 18.5 <10 2 07.09.12 65 16.7 13.2 3 11.09.12 69 13.0 10.3 4 14.09.12 51 9.0 13.8 5 17.09.12 47 10.0 12.6 6 21.09.12 58 10.4 11.6 7 25.09.12 74 13.6 <10 8 29.09.12 58 9.2 15.2 9 01.10.12 61 6.1 16.9 10 05.10.12 31 13.7 12.8 11 08.10.12 43 8.5 <10 12 12.10.12 76 5.9 12.2 13 16.10.12 73 4.8 15.6 14 20.10.12 74 <4 12.5 15 26.10.12 65 10.1 11.5 16 29.10.12 77 11.9 15.1 17 03.11.12 56 11.7 12.1 18 06.11.12 57 8.0 14.6 19 09.11.12 78 8.9 14.4 20 13.11.12 60 5.9 <10 21 17.11.12 65 10.1 14.9 22 21.11.12 82 13.5 13.1 23 25.11.12 57 11.2 14.6 24 29.11.12 41 11.6 14.2



Chapter-3 Page 53


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 70 6.3 14.2 2 05.09.14 72 7.9 15.7 3 08.09.14 77 8.3 16.1 4 11.09.14 70 10.5 8.5 5 16.09.14 62 <6 13.3 6 20.09.14 78 8.4 18.7 7 22.09.14 90 14.8 11.8 8 26.09.14 70 8.6 10.9 9 08.10.14 87 7.4 12.9 10 11.10.14 95 10.2 14.4 11 13.10.14 69 6.9 10.9 12 17.10.14 92 8.8 14.7 13 21.10.14 89 6.6 16.0 14 25.10.14 79 12.1 8.2 15 28.10.14 61 <6 7.4 16 31.10.14 80 13.1 16.0 17 03.11.14 83 10.2 18.1 18 07.11.14 75 6.6 19.0 19 11.11.14 84 7.0 10.8 20 14.11.14 91 8.3 16.3 21 17.11.14 69 10.8 11.8 22 20.11.14 73 9.1 10.6 23 26.11.14 80 7.4 18.1 24 30.11.14 76 6.9 7.0

Table 3.10.6 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Village Terenga A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 84 14.6 10.5 2 07.09.12 58 14.4 11.9 3 11.09.12 97 22.2 13.0 4 14.09.12 81 15.1 13.6 5 17.09.12 118 22.6 10.9 6 21.09.12 56 12.6 16.6 7 25.09.12 74 8.1 11.3 8 29.09.12 54 10.6 10.3 9 01.10.12 72 15.6 12.6 10 05.10.12 62 13.7 12.1 11 08.10.12 85 13.9 <10 12 12.10.12 84 21.6 18.2 13 16.10.12 85 18.1 12.9 14 20.10.12 72 15.4 13.1 15 26.10.12 58 17.3 12.8 16 29.10.12 59 11.9 10.9 17 03.11.12 63 13.2 14.3 18 06.11.12 74 14.0 14.4 19 09.11.12 86 11.0 12.9 20 13.11.12 88 15.3 13.2 21 17.11.12 84 13.2 10.7 22 21.11.12 56 19.9 10.9 23 25.11.12 73 10.8 13.0 24 29.11.12 85 16.2 <10



Chapter-3 Page 54


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 68 8.9 14.7 2 05.09.14 79 10.3 14.2 3 08.09.14 83 9.8 17.1 4 11.09.14 89 8.9 16.3 5 16.09.14 59 7.3 11.3 6 20.09.14 79 9.1 17.0 7 22.09.14 62 12.4 15.1 8 26.09.14 59 6.8 18.0 9 08.10.14 81 <6 7.7 10 11.10.14 77 8.0 13.6 11 13.10.14 108 10.4 15.7 12 17.10.14 98 8.9 13.1 13 21.10.14 84 9.7 17.2 14 25.10.14 78 6.9 14.6 15 28.10.14 81 11.9 6.9 16 31.10.14 67 14.2 13.0 17 03.11.14 81 17.1 17.4 18 07.11.14 86 9.9 15.9 19 11.11.14 90 8.5 10.1 20 14.11.14 75 11.4 15.3 21 17.11.14 82 <6 16.9 22 20.11.14 110 13.8 14.3 23 26.11.14 88 9.2 10.9 24 30.11.14 91 8.8 11.7

Table 3.10.7 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Vill. Upper Royam A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 57 11.8 10.7 2 07.09.12 49 6.5 13.1 3 11.09.12 90 9.8 17.0 4 14.09.12 64 8.2 <10 5 17.09.12 71 13.1 14.3 6 21.09.12 86 9.3 13.9 7 25.09.12 88 8.8 18.5 8 29.09.12 55 8.1 13.8 9 01.10.12 66 5.1 18.6 10 05.10.12 51 4.0 17.1 11 08.10.12 80 4.0 14.1 12 12.10.12 86 4.4 12.0 13 16.10.12 84 11.6 <10 14 20.10.12 75 7.5 13.3 15 26.10.12 63 5.1 14.1 16 29.10.12 67 6.0 10.2 17 03.11.12 68 8.2 10.1 18 06.11.12 81 6.8 18.2 19 09.11.12 95 10.8 10.7 20 13.11.12 99 9.9 19.6 21 17.11.12 92 13.2 18.5 22 21.11.12 63 8.2 18.8 23 25.11.12 102 10.3 9.4 24 29.11.12 77 10.3 13.8



Chapter-3 Page 55


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 65 <6 9.7 2 05.09.14 61 7.9 14.0 3 08.09.14 93 8.1 12.5 4 11.09.14 75 7.7 9.4 5 16.09.14 72 <6 10.7 6 20.09.14 69 9.6 11.3 7 22.09.14 80 10.4 14.8 8 26.09.14 73 7.8 16.3 9 08.10.14 80 7.2 8.8 10 11.10.14 84 8.9 11.5 11 13.10.14 79 11.6 10.8 12 17.10.14 91 14.0 15.4 13 21.10.14 105 6.3 9.9 14 25.10.14 89 9.7 16.0 15 28.10.14 94 11.2 12.5 16 31.10.14 101 8.2 8.8 17 03.11.14 81 6.8 10.9 18 07.11.14 87 6.5 14.7 19 11.11.14 80 9.9 10.0 20 14.11.14 84 10.6 13.5 21 17.11.14 79 11.7 7.8 22 20.11.14 85 7.0 8.4 23 26.11.14 88 11.5 14.2 24 30.11.14 83 10.3 13.1

Table 3.10.8 : Detail Ambient Air Quality results for Ghatsila A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012


1 04.09.12 77 18.0 16.7 2 07.09.12 85 14.2 14.9 3 11.09.12 72 19.7 18.9 4 14.09.12 89 23.6 17.9 5 17.09.12 84 13.4 14.8 6 21.09.12 83 22.3 17.5 7 25.09.12 76 13.4 15.3 8 29.09.12 59 21.0 13.8 9 01.10.12 73 19.2 16.3 10 05.10.12 83 13.9 20.7 11 08.10.12 95 22.1 10.1 12 12.10.12 99 12.1 11.0 13 16.10.12 89 7.1 11.9 14 20.10.12 74 9.4 12.3 15 26.10.12 88 8.2 13.3 16 29.10.12 75 9.9 13.9 17 03.11.12 103 13.5 12.7 18 06.11.12 98 24.8 18.4 19 09.11.12 93 29.5 22.2 20 13.11.12 92 18.3 18.8 21 17.11.12 68 21.4 17.8 22 21.11.12 83 9.4 15.7 23 25.11.12 74 11.6 13.4 24 29.11.12 102 15.2 22.9



Chapter-3 Page 56


PM10 SO2 NOx 1 02.09.14 87 12.3 19.7 2 05.09.14 71 9.8 24.9 3 08.09.14 83 10.6 21.5 4 11.09.14 80 9.8 14.1 5 16.09.14 62 8.9 10.6 6 20.09.14 70 8.7 13.0 7 22.09.14 104 12.8 18.3 8 26.09.14 68 9.0 15.7 9 08.10.14 69 11.3 18.5 10 11.10.14 92 9.4 12.8 11 13.10.14 88 11.3 19.4 12 17.10.14 79 10.8 12.6 13 21.10.14 72 9.6 10.4 14 25.10.14 90 10.7 17.7 15 28.10.14 77 9.5 12.7 16 31.10.14 84 13.1 19.1 17 03.11.14 96 10.8 14.8 18 07.11.14 101 11.3 19.8 19 11.11.14 97 14.9 28.1 20 14.11.14 89 9.7 20.3 21 17.11.14 74 13.9 23.9 22 20.11.14 65 12.4 13.1 23 26.11.14 86 9.8 18.8 24 30.11.14 92 14.2 22.1

Table 3.11: Summarised Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results A. Post-monsoon Season, 2012

Name of monitoring equipment used

PM10 SO2 NOx Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

RDS/HVAS & Spectrophotometer


Equipment sensitivity Detection Limit: 1 µg/m3

Detection Limit: 4 µg/m3


AAQ monitoring station Max. Min. C98 Max Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Surda Mine Office 87 30 86.5 22.6 7.4 21.1 18.7 <10 18.0 Village Purnapani 85 39 84.5 18.3 6.2 17.9 15.7 <10 15.5 Village Latabera 72 32 70.1 23.9 6.2 23.2 15.2 <10 15.2 Village Laukesra 85 54 84.1 18.4 5.0 17.8 15.3 <10 14.9 Village Rangamatiya 82 31 80.2 18.5 <4 17.7 16.9 <10 16.3 Village Terenga 118 54 108.3 22.6 8.1 22.4 18.2 <10 17.5 Village Upper Royam 102 49 100.6 13.2 4.0 13.2 19.6 <10 19.2 Ghatsila 103 59 102.5 29.5 7.1 27.3 22.9 10.1 22.6



Chapter-3 Page 57

B. Post-monsoon Season, 2014 Name of monitoring

equipment used

PM10 SO2 NOx Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)



Equipment sensitivity Detection Limit: 1 µg/m3


Detection Limit: 7.2 µg/m3

AAQ monitoring station Max. Min. C98 Max Min. C98 Max. Min. C98 Surda Mine Office 102 58 97.9 17.3 <6 17.3 20.3 9.8 20.0 Village Purnapani 99 58 94.9 14.5 <6 14.1 19.4 8.1 19.3 Village Latabera 98 62 98 14.8 <6 13.9 16.1 7.7 15.5 Village Laukesra 93 63 91.6 16.3 <6 15.2 19.4 7.7 18.8 Village Rangamatiya 95 61 93.6 14.8 <6 14.1 19.0 7.6 18.9 Village Terenga 110 59 109 17.1 <6 15.9 18.0 6.9 17.7 Village Upper Royam 105 61 103 14.0 <6 13.0 16.3 7.8 16.2 Ghatsila 104 62 102.6 14.9 8.7 14.6 28.1 10.4 26.6

Work Zone Air Quality

One 8 hourly sample was collected at two representative work zones to assess work zone air quality in Post-monsoon 2012.The mine was temporarily closed w.e.f. 7thSeptember,2014. The summarized results are given in Table 3.12. Table 3.12: Summarised Results of Work Zone Air Quality Monitoring

Time SPM PM10 SO2 NOX Near Shaft No. 3

Day Shift (1000 hrs. – 1800 hrs) 289.4 79.4 32.2 29.1 Night Shift (1820 hrs. – 0220 hrs.) 245.3 52.7 28.2 25.0

Near Shaft No. 4 Day Shift (1000 hrs. – 1800 hrs) 299.8 63.8 30.1 24.3 Night Shift (1820 hrs. – 0220 hrs.) 271.3 54.6 27.1 21.3

All values in µg/m3 The Work Zone Air Quality has been compared with the following norms:

SPM: 10,000 µg/m3 (after American Council of Government Industrial Hygienists) SO2: 5,000 µg/m3 (after Indian Factories Act) NOx: 6,000 µg/m3 (after Indian Factories Act)

It can be seen that the Work Zone Air Quality is well within the norms.

3.4.3 Water Sources and Quality

3.4.3.1 The sub water shed

Sources of water in the study area are surface water in streams and river and ground water. As indicated under clause 3.3.3the study area has a distinct dendritic drainage pattern and the area forms part of Subarnarekha basin. The sub water shed where the project falls is drained by the Kankuram Nala, Gharaduba Nala and Surda nala. Kankuram nala originates from springs to the



Chapter-3 Page 58

north-west and west of Surda ML. Gharaduba Nala originates from springs within the ML, whereas Surda Nala originates from springs west of the south-western boundary of Surda ML. Kankuram Nala flows towards the north-east to join the Subarnarekha. Gharaduba Nala slows towards the south-east while Surda Nala flows eastward. The Gharaduba Nala and Surda Nala meet each other shortly before joining the Subarnarekha River ~ 2.5 km east Surda ML’s south-eastern corner.

In order to study the impact on surface and ground water due to the miningproject only the sub-watershed confining the contributing and receiving streams of hydrologic regime has been marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/09 and studied. Characteristics of the sub-water shed have been given in Table 3.13.

Table 3.13: Physical Characteristics Sub-water shed Area (ha) 5156.669 Elevation variation (m AMSL) 524 - 60

Broad regional water balance of the area has been approximated by Thronwaite’s book keeping method, which is given in Table 3.14. Rainfall and Potential Evapotranspiration data of nearby IMD observatory at Jamshedpur have been used. Rainfall and Potential Evapotranspiration data of nearest IMD observatory at Jamshedpur have been used. Table 3.14: Monthly Water Balance by Thronwaite’s Method

Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Annual Mean

Rain fall 11.9 17.8 23.7 32.0 49.9 232.0 326.5 346.1 239.1 86.0 11.2 3.1 1379.3 Potential Evapotranspiration 72.8 94.2 144.9 179.0 200.0 151.9 114.1 107.9 107.9 111.7 85.1 67.1 1436.6

Actual Evapotranspiration 11.9 17.8 23.7 32 49.9 151.9 114.1 107.9 107.9 111.7 85.1 53.5 867.4 Soil moisture change 0 0 0 0 0 80.1 150 150 150 124.3 50.4 0 Moisture surplus (Surface run off + deep storage as aquifer recharge 0 0 0 0 0 0 142.5 238.2 131.2 0 0 0 511.9

Note: Soil moisture at field capacity is taken as 150 mm (Values in mm)

Table 3.14 indicates annual water balance in the region as shown below:

Rainfall (1379.3 mm) = Actual Evapotranspiration (867.4 mm) + Soil Moisture change (0 mm) + Moisture surplus (511.9 mm)

The soil moisture surplus (511.9 mm) is an aggregate of (i) surface run-off and (ii) sub-surface ground water storage as aquifer recharge.



Chapter-3 Page 59

Considering a monsoon surface run-off coefficient of 0.35 for this type of area as indicated by Barlow (Source: Engineering Hydrology by R.S. Varshney, 1974) total monsoon run off discharge is calculated to be 319.1 mm (months with surface run off only are considered vide Table 3.14) which results in 192.8 mm (water head) annual aquifer recharge.

Annual water balance in the sub-water shed is summarised in Fig. 3.4.

Fig 3.4: Annual Water Balance in sub-water shed

3.4.3.2 Ground water regime

Occurrence and storage of groundwater in the study area are mainly controlled by the geological setup of the area. The ability of geological formation to store and transmit water is dependent on its formation, parameters such as porosity and hydraulic conductivity. Based on these two parameters, the rock formation of the area may be classified as hard and soft rocks. Hard rocks, mainly crystalline and consolidated sedimentary is characterized by very little porosity. Groundwater in such rocks circulated to a limited extent through the secondary openings represented by joints, cracks, fissures and such planes of discontinuity. Soft rocks are represented by pebbles and loose sand, higher degree of primary porosity and as such characterized by higher water storage capacity. The major rock types in the region are metamorphosed politic and volcanic sequences constituting schists, quartzites and metabasics of Dhanjori and Chaibasa group of rocks of iron ore series of Precambrian age. The area forms part of the Precambrian, regionally metamorphosed tract of the Singhbhum Shear Zone. The weathered residue of the hard rocks as well as fractures, joints, fissures, faults and other zones of discontinuity are the principal repositories of groundwater in the area. Groundwater in the weathered and fracture zones of hard rocks occur under unconfined conditions.

Rainfall (71.126 Mm3)

Evapotranspiration (44.729 Mm3)

Soil Moisture change (0 Mm3)

Aquifer recharge (9.942 Mm3)

Overland flow (16.455 Mm3)



Chapter-3 Page 60

Geomorphologically the study area shows differential relief. Iron ore formations form structural culmination to the south. Granitic mass exhibits batholithic high with rocky knobs of moderate amplitude. Rest of the topography consists of undulating pedeplains with gentle warps. The pedeplains in the study area are still in geomorphic process of degradation while the undulating hillocks represent the intermediate stage. Four different geological formations occur in the study area. They are Chaibasa Formation, Dhanjori Formation, Singhbhum granites and iron ore group. All these are hard rock formations but with varying ground water potential. Ground water storage in the region depends on frequency of fractures of tectonic origin in the rocks, intensity of weathering and topography.

Water level was measured in open wells in the buffer zone study area during post monsoon season, 2012 and pre-monsoon season, 2013. Measured ground water levels in open wells are given in Table 3.15.

Table 3.15: Measured water levels in buffer zone study area Well ID Village

Pre-Monsoon (m)

Post-Monsoon (m)

Fluctuation (m)

Longitude (DD)

Latitude (DD)

Core Zone W1 Surda 8.90 3.80 5.10 86.4380 22.5587 W2 Patharghara 9.22 4.15 5.07 86.4418 22.5415 W3 Punapani 9.10 3.60 5.50 86.4220 22.5715 W4 Chirudih 8.70 3.75 4.95 86.4217 22.5651 W5 Sohada 9.24 3.68 5.56 86.4386 22.5672 Buffer Zone W6 Chapri 6.50 2.48 4.02 86.4118 22.6175 W7 Ladkdih 9.20 3.87 5.33 86.4283 22.5873 W8 Patkita 8.13 3.84 4.29 86.3946 22.5960 W9 Chiruguratola 7.10 3.78 3.32 86.3387 22.5650 W10 Phulpal 5.77 3.43 2.34 86.4488 22.6192 W11 Galudih 6.78 4.43 2.35 86.4113 22.6521 W12 Purandih 8.60 4.25 4.35 86.4547 22.6432 W13 Merhia 9.23 3.85 5.38 86.4610 22.5336 W14 Badia 8.10 3.48 4.62 86.4645 22.4939 W15 Dobha 8.52 3.59 4.93 86.5161 22.5383 W16 Kakelaha 9.43 4.85 4.58 86.4103 22.5062 W17 Krishnagaria 9.35 4.45 4.90 86.4414 22.5257 W18 Mushabani 8.70 3.69 5.01 86.4590 22.5118 W19 Rahanigora 8.62 4.30 4.32 86.4264 22.4735 W20 Jamsal 8.75 3.85 4.90 86.4736 22.5303 W21 Sonagara 8.62 4.90 3.72 86.4850 22.5304



Chapter-3 Page 61

Well ID Village

Pre-Monsoon (m)

Post-Monsoon (m)

Fluctuation (m)

Longitude (DD)

Latitude (DD)

W22 Kuriakocha 8.40 4.36 4.04 86.3523 22.4973 W23 Kadamdiha 8.38 3.38 5.00 86.4713 22.5719 W24 Ghatshila 7.64 3.45 4.19 86.4649 22.5895 W25 Kuchai 8.25 3.85 4.40 86.3711 22.5614

Average 8.37 3.88 4.49

3.4.3.3 Water Quality Monitoring stations, Frequency and Mode of

Sampling

Water samples have been collected twice both during Post-monsoon season2012 and 2014, from ten (10) locations, which are listed in Table 3.16. All these locations are marked in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/09.

Table 3.16: Water sampling locations Sl. No.

Location Stn. No.

Type Distance from nearest lease boundary

Significance

1 Surda Nala near Village Barhaniyan d/s of mine lease

SW1 Surface Water

1.5 km Surface water down stream of mine lease

2 Stream near Village Latabera d/s of mine lease

SW2 Surface Water

0.5 km Surface water down stream of mine lease

3 Subarnarekha River near Village Boraghat

SW3 Surface Water

2.7 km Surface water up stream of confluence with stream draining mine

4 Subarnarekha River near Village Matiyal

SW4 Surface Water

2.5 km Surface water down stream of confluence with stream draining mine

5 Tubewell at Village Purnapani GW1 Ground Water

0.5 km Ground water up-gradient of mine

6 Tubewell at Village Latabera GW2 Ground Water

0.4 km Ground water down gradient of mine

7 Tubewell at Village Surda GW3 Ground Water

Within ML Ground water down gradient of mine

8 Tubewell at Village Kasidih GW4 Ground Water


9 Tubewell at Village Boraghat GW5 Ground Water


10 Mine discharge water* E1 Effluent - Effluent *Sample collected in 2012 only as mine was temporarily closed w.e.f. 07-09-14



Chapter-3 Page 62

3.4.3.4 Water Quality

As discussed under clause 3.2 the leasehold area being on the eastern slope of a steep escarpment, a number of seasonal drainage channels flow down from the core zone towards the east. Water quality was monitored in the receiving water bodies. The results of analysis of surface water during post-monsoon season 2012 and 2014, are given in Table 3.17.1, 3.17.2, 3.17.3 and Table 3.17.4.The results have been compared with the standards specified in IS: 10500 (1993) as well as Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board (as given in Table 3.18).



Chapter-3 Page 63

Table 3.17.1: Results of Surface Water Analysis for SW1

Sl. No.

Parameter

Norms* Water from Surda Nala, near Vill. Barhaniyan

Desirable limits **

Permissible limits ***

Post-Monsoon

06.10.12 18.10.14 1 Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 15 <5 2 2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 1 max. 5 max. <5 3 5 pH Value 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 7.4 7.8 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 600 Max. 132 100 7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 No Relaxation <0.02 <0.025 8 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 18 22 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 1.1 0.32 10 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 max. 232 212 11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 27 27 12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 16 8.0 13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.055 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.11 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 10.0 10.25 16 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 2.0 3.3

18 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l Max. 0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 21 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 25 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.028 0.7 26 Anionic detergent (as MBAS) mg/l, Max. 0.2 max. 1 max. <0.1 0.09 27 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.02 <0.05 28 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.5 No Relaxation <0.1 <0.1 29 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 200 max. 600 max. 132 100 30 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 max. 0.2 max. <0.01 <0.02

31 Ammonia (as total Ammonia N), mg/l max. 0.5 No Relaxation - 0.2

32 Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max. 0.7 No Relaxation - <0.10 33 Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 0.5 1.0 - 0.02 34 Coliform organisms, MPN/100ml Absent - 950 1022

Additional Characteristics

35 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l - - 6.2 6.1 36 BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l - - 3.0 3

* Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment May, 2012 ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter-3 Page 64


Sl. No. Parameter

Norms* Water from Nala, near Vill. Latabera

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon

06.10.12 18.10.14 1 Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 15 <5 2 2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 1 max. 5 max. <5 4 5 pH Value 6.5 -8.5 No Relaxation 7.4 7.1 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 600 Max. 348 300 7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 No Relaxation 2.26 1.8 8 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 22 54.0 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.95 0.26 10 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 max. 640 616 11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 104 72.0 12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 21 30.0 13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.044 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.2 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 250 9.2 16 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 3.0 10.9


19 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, Max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 20 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 21 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 22 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, Max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 24 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 25 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.032 0.041 26 Anionic detergent (as MBAS) mg/l, Max. 0.2 max. 1 max. <0.1 <0.05 27 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.02 <0.05 28 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.5 No Relaxation <0.1 <0.1 29 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 200 max. 600 max. 140 180 30 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 max. 0.2 max. <0.01 <0.02

31 Ammonia (as total Ammonia N), mg/l max. 0.5 No Relaxation 0.01

32 Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max. 0.7 No Relaxation <0.10 33 Boron (as B), mg/l, Max 0.5 1.0 0.03 34 Coliform organisms, MPN/100ml Absent - 800 840


35 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l - - 6.0 6.2 36 BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l - - 4.0 2

* Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment May,2012 ** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter-3 Page 65


Sl. No. Parameter

Norms* Water from Subarnarekha near Vill. Boraghat

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon

06.10.12 18.10.14 1 Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 15 <5 1 2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 1 max. 5 max. <5 6 5 pH Value 6.5 -8.5 No Relaxation 7.2 7.5 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 600 Max. 92 128 7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 No Relaxation 13.01 <0.25 8 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 16 17.0 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.33 0.22 10 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 max. 174 178 11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 21 33.6 12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 10 10.7 13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.04 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. 0.21 <0.01 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 12.0 3.50 16 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 4.0 0.02






35 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l - - 6.6 6.5 36 BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l - - 2.0 2.0




Chapter-3 Page 66


Sl. No. Parameter

Norms* Water from Subarnarekha near Vill. Matiyal

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 18.10.14

1 Colour, Hazen units, Max. 5 15 <5 2 2 Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 1 max. 5 max. <5 4 5 pH Value 6.5 -8.5 No Relaxation 7.3 7.2 6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 600 Max. 96 80 7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max. 0.3 No Relaxation 8.52 <0.25 8 Chloride (as Cl), mg/l, Max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 16 26 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/L, Max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.31 0.77 10 Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max. 500 2000 max. 192 203 11 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, Max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 26 16 12 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/L, Max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 8 10 13 Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 <0.025 14 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, Max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.053 15 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 14.0 10 16 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 17 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, Max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 6.0 14






35 Dissolved Oxygen (as O2), mg/l - - 6.5 5.9 36 BOD,3 days at 27° C, mg/l - - 2.0 2.9




Chapter-3 Page 67

Table 3.18: Water Quality Criteria as per Central Pollution Control Board Parameters Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E

1. pH 6.5–8.5 6.5–8.5 6.0-9.0 6.5–8.5 6.0–8.5 2. Dissolved oxygen (as O2), mg/l, min 6 5 4 4 - 3. BOD, 3 days at 27° C, max 2 3 3 - - 4.Total coliform organism, MPN/100 ml, max 50 500 5000 - - 5. Free ammonia (as N), mg/l, max - - - 1.2 - 6. Electrical conductivity, µmhos/cm, max - - - - 2250 7. Sodium absorption ratio, max. - - - - 26 8. Boron (as B), mg/l, max. - - - - 2

Class A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection Class B: Outdoor bathing (organised) Class C: Drinking water source after conventional treatment and after disinfection Class D:Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries Class E: Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, and Controlled Waste Disposal Below E: Not meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

The results show quality of Surda Nala (SW1) met the criteria specified in IS: 10500 in both seasons. In case of the Nala near village Latabera (SW2) the Dissolved Solids content and Total Hardness were higher than the Desirable Limits but within the Permissible Limits in 2012 as well as 2014; In 2012 calcium content was higher than the “Desirable Limits” but within the “Permissible Limits”; Iron content exceeded the Permissible Limit in both seasons. In Subarnarekha River (SW3 and SW4) iron content exceeded the Permissible Limits in 2012. In all samples Coliform Organisms were present.

When compared with Water Quality Criteria specified by Central Pollution Control Board, the water at all four sampling locations meet the requirements for Class C. At Latabera in 2012, the water quality met the requirements for Class D on account of slightly higher BOD.

The result of analysis of ground water for both the monitoring seasons are given in Table 3.19.1, 3.19.2, 3.19.3, 3.19.4 and 3.19.5. The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards specified in IS:10500.



Chapter-3 Page 68

Table 3.19.1: Results of Ground Water Analysis for sample GW1

Sl. No. Parameters

Norms* Ground Water from Vill. Purnapani

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 19.10.14

1 Colour, Hazen Units. Max. 5 15 <5 <1 2 Odour Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 3 Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable 4 Turbidity, NTU, Max. 1 max. 5 max. <5 <1 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 7.2 7.8

6 Total Hardness(as CaCO3), mg/l, max 200 Max. 600 Max. 328 264

7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 No Relaxation <0.02 0.28 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 152 88

9 Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, min Nil <0.18

10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.65 0.28 11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 max. 574 514 12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 90 74 13 Magnesium as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 25 19.4 14 Copper as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.034 15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.34 16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 112 27.0 17 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 18 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 21 1.10

19 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 22 Selenium (as Se), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 23 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, Max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 25 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 26 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.51 0.14

27 Anionic Detergents (as MBAS), mg/l, max. 0.2 max. 1 max. <0.1 <0.05

28 Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.02 <0.05

29 Mineral oil mg/l, Max. 0.5 No Relaxation <0.1 <0.1 30 Alkalinity( as CaCO3), mg/l 200 max. 600 max. 112 192 31 Aluminium (as Al ), mg/l 0.03 max. 0.2 max. <0.01 <0.02 32 Boron (as B), mg/l, max. 0.5 1.0 <0.1 0.02

33 Ammonia (as total Ammonia N), mg/l max. 0.5 No Relaxation <0.01

34 Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max. 0.7 No Relaxation <0.2 * Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment May, 2012

** Requirement (desirable limits) *** Permissible limits in the absence of alternate source



Chapter-3 Page 69


Sl. No. Parameters

Norms* Ground Water from Vill. Latabera

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 19.10.14



7 Iron (as Fe), mg/l, max. 0.3 No Relaxation 0.13 <0.25 8 Chloride (as Cl),mg/l, max. 250 Max. 1000 Max. 32 121


10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.57 0.19 11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 max. 196 490 12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 13 43 13 Magnesium as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 7 30 14 Copper as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.046 15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 <0.03 16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 10 6.3 17 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 18 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 6 1.60

19 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max.

0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 22 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 23 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 25 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 26 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.03 <0.01









Chapter-3 Page 70


Sl. No. Parameters

Norms* Ground Water from Vill. Surda

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 19.10.14





10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.63 1.28 11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 max. 366 376 12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 40 55 13 Magnesium as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 18 20 14 Copper as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.029 15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.17 16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 72 6.0 17 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 18 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 4 0.90


0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 22 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 23 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 25 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 26 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.78 <0.01





34 Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max. 0.7 No Relaxation <0.2 * Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment May,2012




Chapter-3 Page 71


Sl. No. Parameters

Norms* Ground Water from Vill.

Kasidih Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 19.10.14





10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.41 0.06 11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 max. 218 434 12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 22 37

13 Magnesium as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 16 28

14 Copper as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 0.061 15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.09 16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 12 11.0 17 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 18 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 4 1.75


0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 22 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 23 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 25 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 26 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.28 0.05





34 Barium (as Ba), mg/l, Max. 0.7 No Relaxation <0.2 * Drinking Water Specification, IS : 10500 (1991) & Amendment May,2012




Chapter-3 Page 72


Sl. No. Parameters

Norms* Ground Water from Vill. Boraghat

Desirable limits **


Post-Monsoon 06.10.12 19.10.14





10 Fluoride (as F), mg/l, max. 1 Max. 1.5 Max. 0.12 0.49 11 Dissolved Solids, mg/l, max. 500 2000 max. 954 378 12 Calcium (as Ca), mg/l, max. 75 Max. 200 Max. 146 48

13 Magnesium as Mg), mg/l, max. 30 Max. 100 Max. 44 12

14 Copper as Cu), mg/l, max. 0.05 Max. 1.5 Max. <0.01 <0.025

15 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l, max. 0.1 Max. 0.3 Max. <0.01 0.08

16 Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, max. 200 Max. 400 Max. 135 5.0 17 Sulphide (as S), mg/l, max. 0.05 No Relaxation <0.04 <0.04 18 Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l, max. 45 Max. No Relaxation 36 2.7

19 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. 0.002 max. <0.001 <0.001

20 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l, max. 0.001 max. No Relaxation <0.0005 <0.0005 21 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, max. 0.003 max. No Relaxation <0.002 <0.002 22 Selenium (as Se ), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.005 <0.005 23 Arsenic (as As), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. 0.05 max. <0.03 <0.005 24 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l, max. 0.05 max. No Relaxation <0.01 <0.01 25 Lead (as Pb), mg/l, max. 0.01 max. No Relaxation <0.05 <0.005 26 Zinc (as Zn ), mg/l, max. 5 max. 15 max. 0.30 0.4







From the results it is obvious that the all the ground water quality parameters meet the prescribed norms. Iron, Total Hardness, Calcium,



Chapter-3 Page 73

Magnesium and Dissolved Solids content in some samples are higher than the “Desirable Limits” but within the “Permissible Limits”. The result of analysis of effluent is given in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20: Results of Effluent Analysis for sample EW 1 Sl. No.

Characteristics

Norms

Mine Discharge water

Post- Monsoon 06.10.12

1 Colour, Hazen 5 <5 2 Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable 3 Suspended Solids, mg/l 100 34

4 Particle Size of Suspended Solids Shall pass through 850 micron sieve 100 % Passed

5 pH 5.5-9.0 7.5

6 Temperature, OC Shall not exceed 5 OC above receiving water

temperature 26

7 Oil & Grease, mg/l 10 <5 8 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max 50 4.2 9 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l, 100 6.6 10 Free ammonia (as NH3), mg/l 5 <0.01

11 Biochemical oxygen demand (3 days at 27ºC), mg/l 30 8.0

12 Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l 250 35.0 13 Arsenic (as As), mg/l 0.2 <0.03 14 Mercury (as Hg), mg/l 0.01 <0.0005 15 Lead (as Pb), mg/l 0.1 0.09 16 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l 2 <0.002 17 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6), mg/l, Max 0.1 <0.01 18 Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l 2 <0.02 19 Copper (as Cu), mg/l 3 18.85 20 Zinc (as Zn), mg/l 5 1.06 21 Selenium (as Se), mg/l 0.05 <0.005 22 Nickel (as Ni), mg/l 3 <0.02 23 Cyanide (as CN), mg/l 0.2 <0.01 24 Fluoride (as F), mg/l 2 0.47 25 Dissolved phosphates (as P), mg/l, 5 0.64 26 Sulphide (as S), mg/l 2 <1.0 27 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l 1 <0.001 28 Manganese (as Mn), mg/l 2 2.70 29 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 3 8.16 30 Vanadium (as V), mg/l 0.2 <0.2 31 Nitrate Nitrogen, mg/l 10 11

The results of Effluent Water Analysis have been compared with the General Standards for discharge of environmental pollutants to Inland Surface water as prescribed by MoEF&CC vide notification dated 19th May,1993 and



Chapter-3 Page 74

amendment in December,1993. From the above results it is can be that Copper, Iron and Manganese concentrations in the mine discharge water exceed the prescribed norms. The reason for the same is the presence of these metals in the host rock itself.

3.4.4 Noise Levels

In order to have an idea about the existing noise levels in the study area, noise monitoring has been carried out both during post-monsoon 2012 and 2014 at eight locations listed in Table 3.21. These stations are also marked in Drg. No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2/08.

Table 3.21: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations Stn. No.

Location Core Zone / Buffer Zone

Distance & Direction from nearest lease boundary

N1 Village Surda Core - N2 Village Purnapani Buffer 0.5 km W N3 Village Latabera Buffer 0.3 km E N4 Village Laukesra Buffer 1.0 km SE N5 Village Rangamatiya Buffer 3.0 km S N6 Village Terenga Buffer 2.0 km N N7 Village Upper Royam Buffer 7.0 km NNW N8 Ghatsila Buffer 3.5 km ENE

Work Zone noise levels were monitored at the Mines Administrative Building (WNZ-1) only during post-monsoon 2012 (in 2014 the mine was closed).

Noise Monitoring Frequency

Ambient noise monitoring was carried out both during October, 2012 and November, 2014. At each ambient noise monitoring station, Leq. noise level has been recorded at hourly intervals for 24 hours continuously by operating the noise-recording instrument for fifteen (15) minutes during each hour. At the Work Zone noise monitoring station the same process was followed but for 8 hours (i.e. one shift).

Results and Discussions

The summarised results of ambient noise monitoring are given in Table 3.22. The results have been compared with the standard specified in Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environmental Protection Rules given in Table 3.23.



Chapter-3 Page 75

Table 3.22: Summarised Results of Noise Monitoring A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012 Stn. No.

Location Results in dB(A) Day (0600-2200 hr.) Night (2200-0600 hr.) Max. Min. Leq. Max. Min. Leq.

N1 Village Surda 53.2 39.8 50.6 40.8 36.1 38.5 N2 Village Purnapani 52.1 38.7 49.3 43.7 35.4 38.9 N3 Village Latabera 52.4 40.1 49.6 41.8 35.2 38.1 N4 Village Laukesra 52.4 40.8 49.5 40.2 35.2 41.2 N5 Village Rangamatiya 52.6 40.8 49.5 40.2 35.2 41.2 N6 Village Terenga 51.3 38.7 49.3 47.3 35.2 40.8 N7 Village Upper Royam 51.3 35.2 38.7 47.3 35.2 40.8 N8 Ghatsila 55.6 38.7 51.9 47.3 37.2 41.3

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Stn. No.

Location Results in dB(A) Day (0600-2200 hr.) Night (2200-0600 hr.) Max. Min. Leq. Max. Min. Leq.

N1 Village Surda 56.1 45.8 52.1 44.8 40.0 41.4 N2 Village Purnapani 57.3 47.4 53.9 44.0 40.4 41.9 N3 Village Latabera 58.8 46.3 55.0 43.8 40.1 41.5 N4 Village Laukesra 55.0 44.7 52.1 43.0 40.3 41.4 N5 Village Rangamatiya 58.7 44.2 54.3 42.8 40.0 40.9 N6 Village Terenga 56.4 44.7 52.3 43.9 40.2 41.3 N7 Village Upper Royam 56.2 44.1 52.6 42.4 40.0 40.7 N8 Ghatsila 58.9 52.2 55.6 51.9 42.8 47.7

Table 3.23: Ambient Air Quality norms in respect of Noise (As Per Schedule III, Rule 3 of Environment Protection Rules) Type of Area Day

(0600 - 2200 hrs). Night

(2200 – 0600 hrs.) Industrial Area 75 70 Commercial Area 65 55 Residential Area 55 45 Silence Zone 50 40

All Values in dB (A)

All the noise monitoring stations are "Residential Areas". The results satisfy the prescribed norms, in general, except for a few maximum readings, which are mostly for traffic noise. The summarised results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring SurdaMine are given in Table 3.24.



Chapter-3 Page 76

Table 3.24: Summarised Results of Work Zone Noise Monitoring Stn. No. Location Results in dB(A)

Max. Min. Avg. WZN-1 Mines Administrative Building 71.0 60.5 64.7

The Directorate General Of Mines Safety (DGMS) specifies a maximum limit of 90 dB(A) for 8 hours exposure. At the surface work zone, the noise level is within the norms.

3.4.5 Soil Characteristics

To assess the quality of soil in and around the proposed mining area, soil samples were collected from six locations once (during November,2012 and November,2014) for physico-chemical analysis. Table 3.25 lists the soil sampling locations. These locations are also marked in Drg. No. MEC /Q6Y4/11/S2/10.

Table 3.25: List of Soil Sampling Locations Sample No. Location Type of Land

S1 Near Village Surda Agricultural land in Core Zone S2 Near Mine Administrative Building Barren land in Core Zone S3 Western part of lease Forest Land in Core Zone S4 Near Village Tilabani Barren Land in Buffer Zone S5 Near Village Boraghat Agricultural Land in Buffer Zone S6 Near Village Ladkadih Forest Land in Buffer Zone

The analysed results of analysis are given in Tables 3.26, 3.27, 3.28, 3.29 and 3.30.

Table 3.26: Physical Properties of Soil A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012

Sample No. Colour T ex t u r e Water Holding Capacity (%) S1 Grey Sandy loam 46 S2 Reddish brown Sandy loam 44 S3 Brown Clay loam 49 S4 Yellowish brown Loamy Sand 37 S5 Yellowish brown Sandy loam 45 S6 Reddish brown Sandy loam 37

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Sample No. Colour T ex t u r e Water Holding Capacity (%)

S1 Grey Sandy loam 41 S2 Reddish brown Sandy loam 47 S3 Brown Clay loam 53 S4 Yellowish brown Loamy Sand 41 S5 Yellowish brown Sandy loam 40 S6 Reddish brown Sandy loam 42



Chapter-3 Page 77

Table 3.27: Chemical Properties of Soil A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 pH 6.8 6.6 4.8 5.7 5.8 5.7

Electrical Conductivity (µs/cm) 138 39 88 59 150 35

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

pH 7.1 6.4 6.7 6.9 6.3 6.5 Electrical Conductivity (µs/cm) 149 107 76 74 126 58

Soil pH plays an important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity is also dependent on pH. In the study area the soil pH is slightly acidic (4.8< pH <6.8).

Electrical conductivity (EC) is a measure of the soluble salts and ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples the conductivity ranged from 35 to 150 µs/cm.

Table 3.28: Available NPK contents in soil A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) and Rating

163 (Low)

85 (Low)

116 (Low)

97 (Low)

166 (Low)

141 (Low)

Organic carbon (%) and Ratings

1.25 (High)

1.17 (High)

1.10 (High)

0.45 (Low)

0.95 (High)

1.04 (High)

Available Phosphorus (Kg/ha) and Rating

12 (Medium)

6.0 (Low)

8.0 (Low)

4.0 (Low)

14.0 (Medium)

11 (Medium)

Organic matter (%) 2.16 2.03 1.90 0.78 1.64 1.79 Available Potassium (Kg/ha) and Rating

336 (High)

181 (Medium)

255 (Medium)

151 (Medium)

368 (High)

195 (Medium)

Rating based on : Available Nitrogen <280 - Low; 280- 560 Medium; >560 - High Organic carbon <0.50- Low; 0.5-0.75 Medium; > 0.75 - High Available Phosphorus <10 - Low; 10 - 25 Medium; >25 - High Available Potassium <120 - Low; 120 - 280 Medium; >280 - High.



Chapter-3 Page 78

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) and Rating

128 (Low)

109 (Low)

183 (Low)

201 (Low)

141 (Low)

179 (Low)

Organic carbon (%) and Ratings

1.36 (High)

0.71 (Medium)

0.92 (High)

0.69 (Medium)

1.02 (High)

0.86 (High)

Available Phosphorus (Kg/ha) and Rating

16 (Medium)

8.5 (Low)

6.3 (Low)

7.1 (Low)

12.6 (Medium)

13.7 (Medium)

Organic matter (%) 2.36 1.23 1.59 1.19 1.76 1.48 Available Potassium (Kg/ha) and Rating

371 (High)

206 (Medium)

238 (Medium)

192 (Medium)

401 (High)

244 (Medium)

Rating based on : Available Nitrogen <280 - Low; 280- 560 Medium; >560 - High Organic carbon <0.50- Low; 0.5-0.75 Medium; > 0.75 - High Available Phosphorus <10 - Low; 10 - 25 Medium; >25 - High Available Potassium <120 - Low; 120 - 280 Medium; >280 - High.

Phosphorus and Nitrogen are limiting nutrients. In the tested soil samples, availability of phosphorus is low to medium. Available Nitrogen is low. Organic carbon content is low to high while potassium content is medium to high.

Table 3.29: Exchangeable Cations A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012

Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Calcium (meq/gm) 16

(36.49) 10

(61.50) 14

(62.70) 8

(60.51) 17

(55.39) 12

(66.33) Magnesium (meq/gm) 27

(61.57) 6

(36.90) 8

(35.83) 5

(37.82) 13

(42.36) 6

(33.17) Sodium (meq/gm) 0.43

(0.98) 0.05

(0.31) 0.16

(0.72) 0.05

(0.38) 0.22

(0.72) 0.05

(0.28) Potassium (meq/gm) 0.42

(0.96) 0.21

(1.29) 0.17

(0.76) 0.17

(1.29) 0.47

(1.53) 0.04

(0.22) Figures in ( ) gives the % contribution of the respective ions to base saturation.

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Calcium (meq/gm) 19.56

(44.21) 6.43

(64.3) 25.6

(68.38) 40

(69.4) 20.26

(55.26) 12.8

(62.41) Magnesium (meq/gm)

21.32 (48.19)

3.32 (33.2)

11.5 (30.72)

17.4 (30.3)

13.83 (37.72)

7.2 (35.10)

Sodium (meq/gm) 1.39 (3.14)

0.18 (1.8)

0.21 (0.56)

0.27 (0.47)

0.78 (2.13)

0.23 (1.12)

Potassium (meq/gm) 1.97 (4.45)

0.07 (0.7)

0.13 (0.35)

0.27 (0.47)

1.79 (4.88)

0.28 (1.37)

Figures in ( ) gives the % contribution of the respective ions to base saturation.



Chapter-3 Page 79

The above results show that the in tested soil samples calcium and magnesium constitute bulk of the exchangeable cations whereas proportion of exchangeable sodium and potassium were low.

Table 3.30: Available Micro-nutrients in Soil A. Post-Monsoon Season 2012 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Copper 121.10 0.59 126.35 23.39 16.86 1.58 Zinc 4.54 0.535 0.155 0.58 0.485 0.105 Iron 55.35 16.79 58.15 19.23 52.90 10.94 Manganese 5.54 13.01 5.61 10.41 14.23 14.03 (Values in mg/ kg).

B. Post-Monsoon Season 2014 Parameters S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Copper 108.10 0.75 140.1 17.20 11.50 1.41 Zinc 3.88 0.42 0.109 3.40 1.10 0.12 Iron 63.71 20.28 71.12 29.0 21.60 17.11 Manganese 4.38 14.56 4.72 15.80 11.20 10.42 (Values in mg/ kg).

Soil micro-nutrients also play an important role in plant growth and can act as limiting nutrients. Soil micro-nutrient analysis can be employed as a diagnostic tool for predicting the possibility of deficiency of a nutrient and the profitability of its application. For this, it is essential to fix the critical limits. The critical limit of micro-nutrient in a soil is that content of extractable nutrient at or below which plantation practised on it will produce a positive response to its application. The critical limits of copper, zinc and iron are 0.20-0.66 mg/kg, 0.50-0.65 mg/kg and 4.5-6.0 mg/kg respectively. Excess of one more micro-nutrients can slow down the uptake of other micro-nutrients due to the antagonistic effect. Excess of copper affects uptake of Molybdenum, another micro-nutrient. Excess of Zinc, Manganese and Copper affect Iron uptake. Excess Iron, Copper and Zinc affect Manganese uptake. This can improve soil fertility by neutralizing the effect of some excess micro-nutrients or can reduce soil fertility by blocking uptake of critically needed micro-nutrients.From the above Table it can be seen that in all the soil samples, copper and iron levels are higher than the critical limits. Zinc levels are in excess only in agricultural land from the core zone; in the other samples zinc levels are within the critical limits.

3.4.6 Ecology

The study area lies on the South-eastern fringes of the Chotanagpur Plateau and is marked by plain areas and small hills. About 2.5% of the study area (Ghatsila town,



Chapter-3 Page 80

~3 – 3.5 km north-east / north-north-east of the mine lease and Mosabani town, ~3 km south-south-east of the mine lease) is urban, the rest is rural. In the rural areas, the plain areas are mostly agricultural land and fallow land. The hill are mostly forested.

The list of Flora was enumerated by conducting actual field survey using the publication “Flora of Bihar” by N.P. Singh et al, published by Botanical Survey of India (Aug., 2001) and the Working Plan of Saranda Forest Division (March, 1980) as reference documents. Density and diversity of vegetation in the forest areas was determined by field surveys in selected areas by counting the number of trees in 8 nos. of 10 m X 10 m quadrats at each location. The locations were selected on basis of type of cover, location and approachability. The fauna found in the region was prepared by consulting the Working Plan of Dalbhum Forest Division, discussing with local villagers and actual field observations of actual siting (especially avifauna) and indirect evidences of animal activities.

3.4.6.1 Core Zone

The core zone consists of agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land settlements and forest land. There are no forest dwellers in the core zone. There are also a few small water filled ditches. The forest are located on the hill on the western part of the mine lease.

Photo 3.a: Different Vegetation of Types in Core Zone

Core Zone Flora

The list of plants growing naturally in the core zone are listed in Table. 3.31.



Chapter-3 Page 81

Table 3.31: List of Plants found in the Core Zone Sl. No.

Scientific Name Common Name / Local Name

Family Habit

1 Clematis gouriana - Ranunculaceae Climber 2 Dillenia aurea - Dilleniaceae Tree 3 Uvaria hamiltonii - Annonaceae Woody shrub 4 Anamirta cocculus - Menispermaceae Climber 5 Berberis asiatica - Berberidaceae Shrub 6 Nymphaea spp. Kamal Nymphaeaceae Aquatic Herb 7 Nelumbo spp. Kamal Nelumbonaceae Aquatic Herb 8 Argemone mexicana Shialkanta Papavaraceae Herb 9 Eruca sativa - Papavaraceae Herb 10 Capparis zeylanica - Capparaceae Shrub 11 Cochlospermum religiosum Galgal / Hupu Cochlospermaceae Tree 12 Casearia spp. - Flacourtiaceae Shrub 13 Shorea robusta Sal / Sarjom Dipterocarpaceae Tree 14 Polygala arvensis Sanjivani Polygalaceae Herb 15 Drymaria diandra - Caryophyllaceae Herb 16 Tamarix ericoides - Tamaricaceae Shrub 17 Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman / Ashing Tiliaceae Tree 18 Triumfetta spp. - / Bhidi janata Tiliaceae Shrub 19 Abelomoschus crinitus Kamlya Malvaceae Herb 20 Abutilon spp. Bankanghi Malvaceae Herb 21 Kydia calycina Baranga / Bitagoinr Malvaceae Tree 22 Sida cordata Bhuini Malvaceae Shrub 23 Bombax ceiba Semal / Edel Bombacaceae Tree 24 Eriolaena spp. - Sterculiaceae Shrub 25 Helicteres isora Marod fail/ Potaporla Sterculiaceae Shrub 26 Sterculia urens Keonjhi / Tete Sterculiaceae Tree 27 Ziziphus oenopila Makai Rhamnaceae Shrub 28 Ziziphus xylopyra Kath-ber Rhamnaceae Tree 29 Cassine galuca Chauli Celastraceae Tree 30 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Tree 31 Chloroxylon swietenia Bherul / Sengelsali Rutaceae Tree 32 Boswellia serrata Salai / Buru-salai Burseraceae Tree 33 Bursera serrata Kandior Burseraceae Tree 34 Garuga pinnata Kekar / Armu Burseraceae Tree 35 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Tree 36 Melia baccifera Bakain Meliaceae Tree 37 Leea compactiflora Kukur jihwa Leeaceae Shrub 38 Scleichera oleosa Kusum / Baric Sapindaceae Tree 39 Holoptelia integrifolia Chilbil Ulmaceae Tree 40 Smilax ovalifolia Ramdatwan / Atkir Smilacaceae Climber 41 Cayratia spp. Amalbel Vitaceae Climber 42 Buchnania latifolia Chironji / Tarob Anacardiaceae Tree 43 Lannea grandis Genjam / Doka Anacardiaceae Tree



Chapter-3 Page 82

Sl. No.


Family Habit

44 Mangifera indica Mango / Aam / Uli Anacardiaceae Tree 45 Spondias pinnata Amra / Ambo Anacardiaceae Tree 46 Syzigium cuminii Jamun / Kuda Myrtaceae Tree 47 Abrus precatorius Rati Fabaceae Climber 48 Butea monosperma Palash / Mur Fabaceae Small Tree 49 Crotalaria spp. Ban-methi Fabaceae Under-shrub 50 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham / Kiri Fabaceae Tree 51 Derris scandens Gonj Fabaceae Climbing shrub 52 Desmodium spp. - Fabaceae Herb 53 Flemingia chappar Galphuli / Ullu Fabaceae Shrub 54 Indigofera cassioides Saknya Fabaceae Shrub 55 Mucuna pruriens Kiwach Fabaceae Climber 56 Ougenia oojeinensis Bandhan / Ruta Fabaceae Tree 57 Pongamia pinnata Karanj / Koroj Fabaceae Tree 58 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija / Piasal / Hid Fabaceae Tree 59 Sesbania spp. - Fabaceae Shrub 60 Tephrosia purpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae Herb 61 Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar / Burja Caesalpiniaceae Tree 62 Bauhinia vahlii Mahulan / Jomlar Caesalpiniaceae Climber 63 Cassia sophera Kasaundi Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 64 Cassia tora - Caesalpiniaceae Herb 65 Tamarindus indica Imli / Jojo Caesalpiniaceae Tree 66 Acacia auriculiformis Sonari Mimosaceae Small Tree 67 Acacia intsia Alia Mimosaceae Shrub 68 Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae Small Tree 69 Acacia torta Alia Mimosaceae Small Tree 70 Albizzia lebbeck Siris / Pandrai Mimosaceae Tree 71 Lucaena glauca - Mimosaceae Small Tree 72 Mimosa pudica Lajwanti Mimosaceae Herb 73 Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura / Gara-hesel Combretaceae Tree 74 Combretum decandrum Atundi / Palandu Combretaceae Shrub 75 Terminalia arjuna Arjun / Gara-hatna Combretaceae Tree 76 Terminalia belirica Baheda / Lupung Combretaceae Tree 77 Terminalia chebula Harra / Rola Combretaceae Tree 78 Terminalia tomentosa Asan / Hatana Combretaceae Tree 79 Lagerstroemia parviflora Sidha / Gara-sekre Lythraceae Tree 80 Woodfordia fruticosa Dhoi / Icha Lythraceae Woody Shrub 81 Adina cordifolia Karam / Kunba Rubiaceae Tree 82 Randia dumetorum Mainphal / Pota Rubiaceae Tree 83 Gardenia gummifera Kuruderu/ Burui Rubiaceae Shrub 84 Ixora coccinea Rugmini Rubiaceae Shrub 85 Mitragyna parviflora Kaim / Hemsabita Rubiaceae Tree 86 Oldenlandia spp. Paper-bhed Rubiaceae Herb 87 Pavetta tomentosa - Rubiaceae Shrub



Chapter-3 Page 83

Sl. No.


Family Habit

88 Psychotria spp. - Rubiaceae Shrub 89 Wendlandia tinctoria Tilo / Tila Rubiaceae Tree 90 Anaphalis adnata - Asteraceae Herb 91 Eupatorium odoratum - Asteraceae Shrub 92 Senecio spp. - Asteraceae Herb 93 Sphaeranthus spp. Chhagul-nudi Asteraceae Herb 94 Tridax procumbens - Asteraceae Herb 95 Vernonia spp. - Asteraceae Herb 96 Plumbago zeylanica Chitrak Plumbaginaceae Herb 97 Madhuca longifolia Mahua / Mudupum Sapotaceae Tree 98 Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu / Kend Ebenaceae Tree 99 Alstonia scholaris Chhatim / Kunnmung Apocynaceae Tree 100 Carissa spp. Karonda / Kaman Apocynaceae Shrub 101 Holarrhena antidysentrica Kurchi / Kaur Apocynaceae Tree 102 Ichnocarpus frutescens Kalidudhi Apocynaceae Climber 103 Wrightia arborea Dudhi Apocynaceae Tree 104 Cuscuta spp. Swarnalata Cuscutaceae Parasitic Climber 105 Calotropis gigantea Madar Asclepiadaceae Shrub 106 Hemidesmus indicus Dudhli Asclepiadaceae Climber 107 Exacum spp. Avachiretta Gentinaceae Herb 108 Cordia spp. Belongan / Taroj Boraginaceae Tree 109 Ehretia laevis Datranga / Paripan Boraginaceae Shrub 110 Trichodesma spp. - Boraginaceae Herb 111 Argyreia spp. Ghav-bel Convolvulaceae Climber 112 Evolvulus alsinoides Visnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb 113 Ipomea carnea Behaya Convolvulaceae Shrub 114 Ipomea aquatica Kalmi saag Convolvulaceae Aquatic creeper 115 Cressa spp. Rudravanti Convolvulaceae Herb 116 Artocarpus chapalasa Kathal Moraceae Tree 117 Ficus bengalensis Bargad / Bai Moraceae Tree 118 Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Tree 119 Ficus hispida Dumar Moraceae Shrub 120 Ficus glomerata Gular / Lowa Moraceae Shrub 121 Datura spp. Datura Solanaceae Under-shrub 122 Bacopa spp. Brahmi Scrophulariaceae Herb 123 Lindenaria spp. - Scrophulariaceae Herb 124 Barleria spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 125 Eranthemum spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 126 Lepidagathis spp. - Acanthaceae Large Herb 127 Callicarpa arborea Bormala Verbenaceae Tree 128 Clerodendrum infortunatum Bhant / Kula-marsal Verbenaceae Shrub 129 Duranta spp. Nilakanta Verbenaceae Shrub 130 Gmelina arborea Gamhar / Kasmar Verbenaceae Tree 131 Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae Shrub



Chapter-3 Page 84

Sl. No.


Family Habit

132 Vitex negundo Shivari / Huhri Verbenaceae Large shrub 133 Ajuga spp. - Lamiaceae Herb 134 Leucas spp. - Lamiaceae Herb 135 Ocimum basilicum Ban-tulsi Lamiaceae Herb 136 Achyranthes aspera Latjira Amaranthaceae Herb 137 Alternanthera spp. - Amaranthaceae Herb 138 Amaranths spp. - Amaranthaceae Herb 139 Antidesma diandrum Ampti / Matasura Euphorbiaceae Tree 140 Bridelia retusa Koka / Kheji Euphorbiaceae Tree 141 Cleistanthus collinus Karla / Pasu Euphorbiaceae Tree 142 Croton roxburghii Putri / Kuti Euphorbiaceae Shrub 143 Jatropha spp. Bharenda Euphorbiaceae Under-Shrub 144 Macaranga spp. Chand-kal Euphorbiaceae Small Tree 145 Mallotus philippensis Kamala Euphorbiaceae Tree 146 Ricinus communis Castor / Rend Euphorbiaceae Shrub 147 Embelica officinalis Amla / Meral Phyllanthaceae Tree 148 Flueggia obovata Ainta Phyllanthaceae Shrub 149 Asparagus racemosus Satmuli Liliaceae Climber 150 Alpinia spp. - Zingiberaceae Herb 151 Bulbophylum spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 152 Cymbidium spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 153 Dendrobium spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 154 Vanda testacea - Orchidaceae Epiphytic Herb 155 Dioscorea spp. - Dioscoreaceae Climber 156 Commelina spp - Commelinaceae Herb 157 Phoenix acaulis Khajur / Kita Arecaceae Tree 158 Alocasia spp. Maan-kochu Araceae Large herb 159 Typha angustifolia - Typhaceae Aquatic Shrub 160 Cyperus spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 161 Eleocharis spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 162 Scirpus spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 163 Andropogon ascinodis - Poaceae Herb 164 Apluda varia - / Tati Poaceae Herb 165 Apocopsis spp. - Poaceae Herb 166 Aristida spp. - Poaceae Herb 167 Arundinella spp. - Poaceae Herb 168 Chrysopogon spp. Chor-kanta Poaceae Herb 169 Cymbopogon spp. - Poaceae Herb 170 Cynodon dactylon Doob ghas Poaceae Herb 171 Diacanthium spp. - Poaceae Herb 172 Eulaliopsis binata Sabai / Barchon Poaceae Herb 173 Heteropogon spp. Chorant / Saiya Poaceae Herb 174 Imperata arundinacea Chero-ghas / Chiru Poaceae Herb 175 Panicum spp. - Poaceae Herb



Chapter-3 Page 85

Sl. No.


Family Habit

176 Paspalum spp. - Poaceae Herb 177 Setaria spp. - Poaceae Herb 178 Vetiveria spp. - Poaceae Herb

The core zone includes 149.03 ha of forest land. This area is located on a hill on the western side of the lease area. Of this, only 31.07 ha area has been utilised for setting up of various facilities of the mine. The forest land on the eastern slope of the hill consists mostly of bushes with patches of trees up to 6 m tall, mostlyShorea robusta, Adina cordifolia, Madhuca longifolia, Bombax ceiba, Butea monosperma, Mangifera indica and Azadirachta indica (refer Photo 3.b).The shrubs are mostly Lantana camara, Woodfordia fruticosa, Clerodendrum infortunatum and Triumfetta spp.

Photo 3.b: Degraded Forest in Western of Surda Mine Lease

On the westernmost part of the mine lease, the forests show little signs of human activities. The composition and phytosociological characteristics of the same are given in Tables 3.32, 3.33, 3.34, 3.35, 3.36, 3.37, 3.38and 3.39. In these areas, the trees are mostly mature. The most common shrub is Combretum decandrum. Climbers, lianas and orchids are also observed.



Chapter-3 Page 86

Table 3.32: Composition of Virgin Forest in Western Part of Core Zone (22o33’46”N, 86o25’43”E)

Sl. No.

Species No. of Quadrats (10 m X 10 m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

1 Shorea robusta 3 1 4 3 2 1 2 1 17 2 Diospyros melanoxylon 1 2 - 1 1 3 2 - 10 3 Adina cordifolia - 1 1 - - - 1 - 3 4 Bauhinia purpurea - - - 1 - - - 1 2 5 Terminalia tomentosa - - - - 1 - - 2 3 6 Bombax ceiba 1 1 - - - - - 1 3 7 Syzygium cuminii 1 - - - 2 - 1 - 4 8 Buchnanialatifolia 1 - 1 1 - - - - 3 9 Pterocarpus marsupium - 1 - - - 2 - - 3 10 Terminalia chebula - 2 - 1 - - 1 - 4 11 Gmelina arborea 1 - - - - 1 - 1 3 12 Terminalia belirica - 2 - - - 1 - 2 5 13 Mitragyna parviflora 1 - - - - 1 - - 2 14 Kydia calycina - 1 - 1 - - 1 - 3 15 Scleichera oleosa 1 - 2 - 1 - - - 4 TOTAL 10 11 8 8 7 9 8 8 69

Table 3.33: Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in Western Part of Core Zone

Sl. No.

Species Frequency (%)

Density (Nos./ha)

Abundance R.F. (%) R.D. (%) Diversity

1 Shorea robusta 100 212.5 2.125 16.327 24.638

2.470

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 75 125 1.667 12.245 14.493 3 Adina cordifolia 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.122 4.348 4 Bauhinia purpurea 25 25 1.000 4.082 2.898 5 Terminalia tomentosa 25 37.5 1.500 4.082 4.348 6 Bombax ceiba 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.122 4.348 7 Syzygium cuminii 37.5 50 1.333 6.122 5.797 8 Buchnania latifolia 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.122 4.348 9 Pterocarpus marsupium 25 37.5 1.500 4.082 4.348 10 Terminalia chebula 37.5 50 1.333 6.122 5.797 11 Gmelina arborea 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.122 4.348 12 Terminalia belirica 37.5 62.5 1.667 6.122 7.246 13 Mitragyna parviflora 25 25 1.000 4.082 2.898 14 Kydia calycina 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.122 4.348 15 Scleichera oleosa 37.5 50 1.333 6.122 5.797 TOTAL 612.5 862.5 100 100

R.F. – Relative Frequency; R.D – Relative Density;



Chapter-3 Page 87

Table 3.34: Composition of Virgin Forest in Northern Part of Core Zone (22o33’01”N, 86o25’50”E)

Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 2 - 1 3 4 - 2 2 14 2 Diospyros melanoxylon - 3 - - 2 2 1 - 8 3 Bombax ceiba 1 1 - 1 - - - - 3 4 Anogeissus latifolia - - 1 - - - - 1 2 5 Buchnanialatifolia - 1 - 2 - - - - 3 6 Terminalia chebula 2 - 1 - 1 - 2 - 6 7 Ficus hispida - - - 1 - 2 2 2 7 8 Bauhinia purpurea - - - - - 1 - - 1 9 Aegle marmelos 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 10 Terminalia belirica - 1 - 1 1 - - 2 5 11 Holarrhena antidysentrica - 1 - - 2 1 - - 4 12 Mangifera indica - - 2 - - 1 - 1 4 13 Adina cordifolia 2 1 - 1 - - 1 - 5 14 Pterocarpus marsupium 1 - 2 - - - - - 3 15 Artocarpus chapalasa 1 1 - - - - 1 - 3 16 Bridelia retusa - 1 - - - - - 1 2 17 Syzygium cuminii - 2 - 2 - 1 1 1 7 TOTAL 10 12 7 11 10 8 11 10 79

Tables 3.35: Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in Northern Part of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 75 175 2.33 1.111 17.722

2.678

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 50 100 2.00 7.407 10.127 3 Bombax ceiba 37.5 37.5 1.00 5.556 3.797 4 Anogeissus latifolia 25 25 1.00 3.704 2.532 5 Buchnanialatifolia 25 37.5 1.50 3.704 3.797 6 Terminalia chebula 50 75 1.50 7.407 7.795 7 Ficus hispida 50 87.5 1.75 7.407 8.861 8 Bauhinia purpurea 12.5 12.5 1.00 1.852 1.266 9 Aegle marmelos 25 25 1.00 3.704 2.532 10 Terminalia belirica 50 62.5 1.25 7.407 6.329 11 Holarrhena antidysentrica 37.5 50 1.33 5.556 5.063 12 Mangifera indica 37.5 50 1.33 5.556 5.063 13 Adina cordifolia 50 62.5 1.25 7.407 6.329 14 Pterocarpus marsupium 25 37.5 1.50 3.704 3.797 15 Artocarpus chapalasa 37.5 37.5 1.00 5.556 3.797 16 Bridelia retusa 25 25 1.00 3.704 2.532 17 Syzygium cuminii 62.5 87.5 1.40 9.259 8.861 TOTAL 675 987.5 100 100




Chapter-3 Page 88

Table 3.36: Composition of Virgin Forest in North-Western Part of Core Zone (22o34’00”N, 86o25’37”E)

Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 3 4 3 5 3 3 4 2 27 2 Diospyros melanoxylon - - 3 - 1 - 1 2 7 3 Bombax ceiba 1 1 - 1 - 1 - - 4 4 Anogeissus latifolia - - 2 - - - - - 2 5 Buchnanialatifolia - - - 1 - - - 1 2 6 Terminalia chebula - - 1 2 - 1 - - 4 7 Ficus hispida 2 - 1 - 1 2 - - 6 8 Sterculia urens - - - - 1 - - 1 2 9 Aegle marmelos - - - - - 1 - - 1 10 Terminalia belirica 1 - - - 2 - - 1 4 11 Boswellia serrata - 1 1 - - 1 - - 3 12 Azadirachta indica 1 - 1 1 - - 2 - 5 13 Adina cordifolia - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 14 Pongamia pinnata - 1 - - - 1 2 2 6 15 Syzygium cuminii - 1 1 - 1 - - 1 4 16 Schleichera oleosa - 1 - 1 - - - - 2 TOTAL 8 9 14 11 10 10 9 10 81

Tables 3.37: Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in North-Western Part of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 100 337.5 3.375 15.699 33.333

2.363

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 50 87.5 1.750 7.843 8.642 3 Bombax ceiba 50 50 1.000 7.843 4.938 4 Anogeissus latifolia 12.5 25 2.000 1.961 2.469 5 Buchnanialatifolia 25 25 1.000 3.922 2.469 6 Terminalia chebula 37.5 50 1.330 5.882 4.938 7 Ficus hispida 50 75 1.500 7.843 7.407 8 Sterculia urens 25 25 1.000 3.922 2.469 9 Aegle marmelos 12.5 12.5 1.000 1.961 1.235 10 Terminalia belirica 37.5 50 1.330 5.882 4.938 11 Boswellia serrata 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.882 3.704 12 Azadirachta indica 50 62.5 1.250 7.843 6.173 13 Adina cordifolia 25 25 1.000 3.922 2.469 14 Pongamia pinnata 50 75 1.500 7.843 7.407 15 Syzygium cuminii 50 50 1.000 7.843 4.938 16 Schleichera oleosa 25 25 1.000 3.922 2.469 TOTAL 637.5 1012.5 100 100




Chapter-3 Page 89

Table 3.38: Composition of Virgin Forest in South-Western Part of Core Zone (22o33’39”N, 86o25’41”E)

Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 3 - 5 3 3 2 3 4 23 2 Diospyros melanoxylon - 1 1 - 1 - - - 3 3 Bombax ceiba 1 1 - - - - - 1 3 4 Gmelina arborea - - - 1 1 - - - 2 5 Buchnanialatifolia - 1 - 1 - - - - 2 6 Embelica officinalis - 1 - - - - 2 - 3 7 Ficus hispida - 2 - - - 2 - - 4 8 Zizyphus spp. - 1 - - - - 1 2 4 9 Mallotus philippensis - - - 1 - - - 1 2 10 Terminalia belirica 2 1 - - 1 1 - - 5 11 Kydia calycina - - 1 - - - 2 - 3 12 Azadirachta indica - - 1 1 2 1 - - 5 13 Adina cordifolia 2 - - - 1 - 1 - 4 14 Ficus religiosa 1 - 1 - - - - 1 3 15 Dillenia aurea 1 1 - - - 1 1 - 4 16 Randia dumetorum - - - 1 - - - - 1 TOTAL 10 9 9 8 9 7 10 9 71

Tables 3.39: Phyto-Sociological features of Virgin Forest in South-Western Part of Core Zone

Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 87.5 287.5 3.29 15.217 32.394

2.417

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 37.5 37.5 1.00 6.522 4.225 3 Bombax ceiba 37.5 37.5 1.00 6.522 4.225 4 Gmelina arborea 25 25 1.00 4.348 2.817 5 Buchnanialatifolia 25 25 1.00 4.348 2.817 6 Embelica officinalis 37.5 37.5 1.00 6.522 4.225 7 Ficus hispida 25 50 2.00 4.348 5.634 8 Zizyphus spp. 37.5 50 1.33 6.522 5.634 9 Mallotus philippensis 25 25 1.00 4.348 2.817 10 Terminalia belirica 50 62.5 1.25 8.696 7.042 11 Kydia calycina 25 37.5 1.50 4.348 4.225 12 Azadirachta indica 50 62.5 1.25 8.696 7.042 13 Adina cordifolia 37.5 50 1.33 6.522 5.634 14 Ficus religiosa 37.5 37.5 1.00 6.522 4.225 15 Dillenia aurea 50 50 1.00 8.696 5.634 16 Randia dumetorum 12.5 12.5 1.00 2.174 1.408 TOTAL 575 887.5 100 100


In the fallow / barren areas in the core zone the vegetation is of grassland type with widely scattered Shorea robusta, Diospyros melanoxylon, Madhuca longifolia, Azadirachta indica, Butea monosperma, Mangifera indica, Phoenix acaulis, Ficus



Chapter-3 Page 90

religiosa, F. bengalensis, Acacia spp. and Zizyphusspp. (Ber) trees. The common shrubs including Lantana camara, Triumfetta spp., Cassia tora, Calotropisand Jatropha (see Photo 3.c) . On many of the trees the epiphytic orchid, Vanda testacea, is observed (see Photo 3.d).

Photo 3.c: Vegetation in Plain Area of Core Zone

Photo 3.d: Vanda testacea on Mahua tree in Core Zone

There are several small ponds / ditches in the eastern half of the mine lease. The vegetation of these water bodies include Ipomea sps., Nymphaea, Nelumbo and Typha angustifolia (see Photo 3.e). Terminalia arjuna is observed growing close to such water bodies and near the Surda Nala, which flows through the core zone’s southern part.



Chapter-3 Page 91

Photo 3.e: Vegetation of Roadside Ditch in Core Zone.

In the settlements the vegetation consists of Mango, Neem, Jackfruit, Peepal and Banyan trees. Argemone mexicana, Ricinus communis, Cassia tora and Jatropha are seen growing on and around rubbish heaps. Core Zone Fauna

The mine lease does not support any population of large wild animals. However the forested hill, plantations and agricultural lands support a several species of common reptiles, birds and small mammals. The animals found in the core zone is listed the Table 3.40.

Table 3.40: List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Core Zone Sl. No.

Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life Protection Act in Which Listed

Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii II 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II 4. Common house rat Rattus rattus V 5. Indian hare Lepus nigricollis IV 6. Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica IV 7. Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V 8. Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV 9. Wild cat Felis chaus II Reptiles 1. Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II



Chapter-3 Page 92

Sl. No.

Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life Protection Act in Which Listed

2. Cobra Naja naja II 3 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II 4 Tree Snake Dendrolaphis tristis IV 5 Common Skink Mabuya carinata - 6 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor - Birds 1 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans - 2 Common Crow Corvus splendens V 3 Jungle Crow C. marorhynchos IV 4 House Sparrow Passer domesticus - 5 Wagtail Motacilla spp. IV 6 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV 7 Common Mynah Acridotheres tristis IV 8 Pied Mynah Sturnus contra IV 9 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis IV 10 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii IV 11 Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV 12 Small Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis - 13 Drongo Dicrurus adsimilis IV 14 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV 15 Doves Streptopelia spp. IV 16 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV 17 White Breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV 18 Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV 19 Koel Eudynamis scolopacea IV 20 Tailor Bird Orthotomus sutorius IV 21 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV 22 Swallows Hirundo spp. IV 23 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV 24 Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda IV 25 Partridge Francolinus spp. IV 26 Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV 27 Red Jungle fowl Gallus gallus IV 28 Black headed oriole Oriolus xanthornus IV 29 White breasted water hen Phoenicurus amaurornis IV 30 Pegion Columba livia IV 31 Owl Bubo spp. IV 32 Golden backed woodpecker Dinopium bengalense IV



Chapter-3 Page 93

3.4.6.2 Buffer Zone

The buffer zone consists of agricultural land, barren / fallow land, stony waste land, plantations (primarily of Eucalyptus and Australian Acacia), rural and urban settlements, forest land, small ponds / ditches and a large perennial river (Subarnarekha).

Because of lack of irrigation facilities, most of the agricultural land remains fallow during December to June. Agricultural land adjacent to streams is used during non-monsoon periods also. Rice is the major crop. Vegetables and pulses are cultivated during non-monsoon periods.

Buffer Zone Flora

The plants found in the study area are given in Table 3.41.

Table 3.41: List of Plants Found in the Buffer Zone of the Study Area Sl. No. Scientific Name Common Name /

Local Name Family Habit

1 Clematis gouriana - Ranunculaceae Climber 2 Clematis montana - Ranunculaceae Climber 3 Naravelia zeylanica - Ranunculaceae Climber 4 Dillenia aurea - Dilleniaceae Tree 5 Magnolia grandiflora - Magnoliaceae Tree 6 Michelia champaca - Magnoliaceae Tree 7 Uvaria hamiltonii - Annonaceae Woody shrub 8 Anamirta cocculus - Menispermaceae Climber 9 Berberis asiatica - Berberidaceae Shrub 10 Nymphaea spp. Kamal Nymphaeaceae Aquatic Herb 11 Nelumbo spp. Kamal Nelumbonaceae Aquatic Herb 12 Argemone mexicana Shialkanta Papavaraceae Herb 13 Eruca sativa - Papavaraceae Herb 14 Capparis zeylanica - Capparaceae Shrub 15 Hybanthus ennaespermus Ratanpurush Violaceae Herb 16 Cochlospermum religiosum Galgal / Hupu Cochlospermaceae Tree 17 Casearia spp. - Flacourtiaceae Shrub 18 Flacourtia indica Bilangada Flacourtiaceae Tree 19 Polygala arvensis Sanjivani Polygalaceae Herb 20 Polygala chinensis - Polygalaceae Herb 21 Drymaria diandra - Caryophyllaceae Herb 22 Polycarpon spp. - Caryophyllaceae Herb 23 Portulaca spp. Nonia Portulacaceae Herb 24 Tamarix ericoides - Tamaricaceae Shrub 25 Garcinia cowa Kokum Clusiaceae Tree 26 Shorea robusta Sal / Sarjom Dipterocarpaceae Tree 27 Abelomoschus crinitus Kamlya Malvaceae Herb 28 Abelomoschus manihot - Malvaceae Small shrub



Chapter-3 Page 94

Sl. No. Scientific Name Common Name / Local Name

Family Habit

29 Abutilon spp. Bankanghi Malvaceae Herb 30 Hibiscus spp. - Malvaceae Shrub 31 Kydia calycina Baranga / Bitagoinr Malvaceae Tree 32 Sida cordata Bhuini Malvaceae Shrub 33 Sida ovata Dabi Malvaceae Herb 34 Thespesia lampas Jangli Bhindi Malvaceae Shrub 35 Urena lobata Kunjia Malvaceae Shrub 36 Bombax ceiba Semal / Edel Bombacaceae Tree 37 Byttneria spp. - Sterculiaceae Shrub 38 Eriolaena spp. - Sterculiaceae Shrub 39 Helicteres isora Marod fail /

Potaporla Sterculiaceae Shrub

40 Pterygota alata - Sterculiaceae Tree 41 Sterculia urens Keonjhi / Tete Sterculiaceae Tree 42 Corchorus spp. - Tiliaceae Herb 43 Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman / Ashing Tiliaceae Tree 44 Triumfetta spp. - / Bhidi janata Tiliaceae Shrub 45 Biophytum sensitivum Lajalu Oxalidaceae Herb 46 Oxalis corniculata - Oxalidaceae Herb 47 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Tree 48 Chloroxylon swietenia Bherul / Sengelsali Rutaceae Tree 49 Clausena excavata - Rutaceae Small tree 50 Murraya paniculata Kamini Rutaceae Small tree 51 Naringi crenulata - Rutaceae Tree 52 Ailanthus excelsa Mahanimb Simaroubaceae Tree 53 Boswellia serrata Salai / Buru-salai Burseraceae Tree 54 Bursera serrata Kandior Burseraceae Tree 55 Garuga pinnata Kekar / Armu Burseraceae Tree 56 Aglaia spp Priyangu Meliaceae Tree 57 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Tree 58 Cedrela toona Toon Meliaceae Tree 59 Melia baccifera Bakain Meliaceae Tree 60 Dysoxylum gobara - Meliaceae Tree 61 Soymida febrifuga Indian Redwood Meliaceae Tree 62 Olax scandens - Olacaceae Climber 63 Cansjera spp. - Opiliaceae Climbing shrub 64 Cassine galuca Chauli Celastraceae Tree 65 Celastrus paniculata Malkangani Celastraceae Climber 66 Maytenus spp. - Celastraceae Woody Shrub 67 Gouania leptostachya Bitkilchaand Rhamnaceae Climbing shrub 68 Ziziphus oenopila Makai Rhamnaceae Shrub 69 Ziziphus xylopyra Kath-ber Rhamnaceae Tree 70 Ampelocissus spp. Katti-bel Vitaceae Climber 71 Cayratia spp. Amalbel Vitaceae Climber



Chapter-3 Page 95


Family Habit

72 Vitis heyneana - Vitaceae Climber 73 Leea compactiflora Kukur jihwa Leeaceae Shrub 74 Eichhornia crassipes Kochuripana Pontederiaceae Aquatic herb 75 Polygonum plebejum Machechi Polygonaceae Herb 76 Sapindus mukorssi Ritha Sapindaceae Tree 77 Scleichera oleosa Kusum / Baric Sapindaceae Tree 78 Buchnania latifolia Chironji / Tarob Anacardiaceae Tree 79 Lannea grandis Genjam / Doka Anacardiaceae Tree 80 Mangifera indica Mango / Aam / Uli Anacardiaceae Tree 81 Semecarpus anacardium Bhelwa / Soso Anacardiaceae Tree 82 Spondias pinnata Amra / Ambo Anacardiaceae Tree 83 Abrus precatorius Rati Fabaceae Climber 84 Alysicarpus spp. - Fabaceae Herb 85 Butea monosperma Palash / Mur Fabaceae Small Tree 86 Crotalaria spp. Ban-methi Fabaceae Under-shrub 87 Dalbergia latifolia Sitsal Fabaceae Tree 88 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham / Kiri Fabaceae Tree 89 Derris scandens Gonj Fabaceae Climbing shrub 90 Desmodium spp. - Fabaceae Herb 91 Erythrina stricta Dhak Fabaceae Tree 92 Flemingia chappar Galphuli / Ullu Fabaceae Shrub 93 Flemingia macrophylla - Fabaceae Shrub 94 Flemingia strobilifera Kanphuta Fabaceae Shrub 95 Indigofera cassioides Saknya Fabaceae Shrub 96 Milletia racemosa Swarbhang Fabaceae Climber 97 Mucuna imbricata - Fabaceae Climber 98 Mucuna pruriens Kiwach Fabaceae Climber 99 Ougenia oojeinensis Bandhan / Ruta Fabaceae Tree 100 Pongamia pinnata Karanj / Koroj Fabaceae Tree 101 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija / Piasal / Hid Fabaceae Tree 102 Sesbania spp. - Fabaceae Shrub 103 Smithia conferta - Fabaceae Herb 104 Tephrosia purpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae Herb 105 Uraria spp. - Fabaceae Herb 106 Vigna spp. - Fabaceae Herb 107 Bauhinia malabarica Amli / Burja Caesalpiniaceae Tree 108 Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar / Burja Caesalpiniaceae Tree 109 Bauhinia vahlii Mahulan / Jomlar Caesalpiniaceae Climber 110 Cassia fistula Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae Small Tree 111 Cassia sophera Kasaundi Caesalpiniaceae Shrub 112 Cassia tora - Caesalpiniaceae Herb 113 Tamarindus indica Imli / Jojo Caesalpiniaceae Tree 114 Acacia auriculiformis Sonari Mimosaceae Small Tree 115 Acacia concinna Shikakai Mimosaceae Climbing shrub



Chapter-3 Page 96


Family Habit

116 Acacia intsia Alia Mimosaceae Shrub 117 Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae Small Tree 118 Acacia torta Alia Mimosaceae Small Tree 119 Albizzia lebbeck Siris / Pandrai Mimosaceae Tree 120 Albizzia odoratissima Safed Siris Mimosaceae Tree 121 Entada rheedi - Mimosaceae Climber 122 Lucaena glauca - Mimosaceae Small Tree 123 Mimosa pudica Lajwanti Mimosaceae Herb 124 Parkia biglandulosa Chendul-ka-jhar Mimosaceae Tree 125 Smilax ovalifolia Ramdatwan / Atkir Smilacaceae Climber 126 Holoptelia integrifolia Chilbil Ulmaceae Tree 127 Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura / Gara-hesel Combretaceae Tree 128 Combretum decandrum Atundi / Palandu Combretaceae Shrub 129 Terminalia arjuna Arjun / Gara-hatna Combretaceae Tree 130 Terminalia belirica Baheda / Lupung Combretaceae Tree 131 Terminalia chebula Harra / Rola Combretaceae Tree 132 Terminalia tomentosa Asan / Hatana Combretaceae Tree 133 Syzigium cuminii Jamun / Kuda Myrtaceae Tree 134 Careya arborea Kumbhi / Asendo Lecythidaceae Tree 135 Osbeckia spp. - Melastomataceae Herb 136 Ammannia spp. Aginbuti Lythraceae Herb 137 Lagerstroemia parviflora Sidha / Gara-sekre Lythraceae Tree 138 Rotala spp - Lythraceae Herb 139 Woodfordia fruticosa Dhoi / Icha Lythraceae Woody Shrub 140 Stereospermum suaveolens Panrar / Husi Bigoniaceae Tree 141 Trichosanthes spp. - Cucurbitaceae Climber 142 Aralia montana - Araliaceae Herb 143 Adina cordifolia Karam / Kunba Rubiaceae Tree 144 Canthium spp. - Rubiaceae Climber 145 Randia dumetorum Mainphal / Pota Rubiaceae Tree 146 Gardenia gummifera Kuruderu/ Burui Rubiaceae Shrub 147 Hedyotis spp. Daman Pappar Rubiaceae Herb 148 Hymenodyctyon excelsum Bhurkur Rubiaceae Tree 149 Ixora coccinea Rugmini Rubiaceae Shrub 150 Ixora pavetta Jilpai Rubiaceae Small tree 151 Mitragyna parviflora Kaim / Hemsabita Rubiaceae Tree 152 Morinda pubescens Aal Rubiaceae Tree 153 Meyna spp. Pundrika Rubiaceae Shrub 154 Oldenlandia spp. Paper-bhed Rubiaceae Herb 155 Pavetta tomentosa - Rubiaceae Shrub 156 Psychotria spp. - Rubiaceae Shrub 157 Wendlandia tinctoria Tilo / Tila Rubiaceae Tree 158 Anaphalis adnata - Asteraceae Herb 159 Ageratum spp. - Asteraceae Herb



Chapter-3 Page 97


Family Habit

160 Blumea spp. - Asteraceae Herb 161 Conyza spp. - Asteraceae Herb 162 Eclipta prostata Bhringraj Asteraceae Herb 163 Eupatorium odoratum - Asteraceae Shrub 164 Gnaphalium spp. - Asteraceae Herb 165 Gymnura spp - Asteraceae Herb 166 Parthenium spp. - Asteraceae Small shrub 167 Senecio spp. - Asteraceae Herb 168 Sphaeranthus spp. Chhagul-nudi Asteraceae Herb 169 Tridax procumbens - Asteraceae Herb 170 Vernonia spp. - Asteraceae Herb 171 Lobelia spp. - Lobeliaceae Herb 172 Plumbago zeylanica Chitrak Plumbaginaceae Herb 173 Mollugo hirta Jharasi Molluginaceae Herb 174 Madhuca longifolia Mahua / Mudupum Sapotaceae Tree 175 Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu / Kend Ebenaceae Tree 176 Alstonia scholaris Chhatim /

Kunnmung Apocynaceae Tree

177 Carissa spp. Karonda / Kaman Apocynaceae Shrub 178 Holarrhena antidysentrica Kurchi / Kaur Apocynaceae Tree 179 Ichnocarpus frutescens Kalidudhi Apocynaceae Climber 180 Rauwolfia serpentina Sarpgandha Apocynaceae Shrub 181 Wrightia arborea Dudhi Apocynaceae Tree 182 Cuscuta spp. Swarnalata Cuscutaceae Parasitic

Climber 183 Calotropis gigantea Madar Asclepiadaceae Shrub 184 Hemidesmus indicus Dudhli Asclepiadaceae Climber 185 Canscora spp. - Gentinaceae Herb 186 Exacum spp. Avachiretta Gentinaceae Herb 187 Cordia spp. Belongan / Taroj Boraginaceae Tree 188 Ehretia laevis Datranga / Paripan Boraginaceae Shrub 189 Cynoglossum spp. - Boraginaceae Herb 190 Trichodesma spp. - Boraginaceae Herb 191 Argyreia spp. Ghav-bel Convolvulaceae Climber 192 Evolvulus alsinoides Visnukrantha Convolvulaceae Herb 193 Ipomea carnea Behaya Convolvulaceae Shrub 194 Ipomea aquatica Kalmi saag Convolvulaceae Aquatic creeper 195 Cressa spp. Rudravanti Convolvulaceae Herb 196 Merremia spp. - Convolvulaceae Climber 197 Artocarpus chapalasa Kathal Moraceae Tree 198 Ficus bengalensis Bargad / Bai Moraceae Tree 199 Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Tree 200 Ficus hispida Dumar Moraceae Shrub 201 Ficus glomerata Gular / Lowa Moraceae Shrub



Chapter-3 Page 98


Family Habit

202 Datura spp. Datura Solanaceae Under-shrub 203 Alectra spp. - Scrophulariaceae Herb 204 Bacopa spp. Brahmi Scrophulariaceae Herb 205 Limnophila spp. Papri Scrophulariaceae Herb 206 Lindenaria spp. - Scrophulariaceae Herb 207 Andrographis paniculata Kalmegh Acanthaceae Herb 208 Barleria spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 209 Dicliptera spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 210 Eranthemum spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 211 Hemigraphis spp. - Acanthaceae Herb 212 Justicia diffusa - Acanthaceae Herb 213 Lepidagathis spp. - Acanthaceae Large Herb 214 Callicarpa arborea Bormala Verbenaceae Tree 215 Clerodendrum infortunatum Bhant / Kula-marsal Verbenaceae Shrub 216 Duranta spp. Nilakanta Verbenaceae Shrub 217 Gmelina arborea Gamhar / Kasmar Verbenaceae Tree 218 Lantana camara Putus Verbenaceae Shrub 219 Vitex negundo Shivari / Huhri Verbenaceae Large shrub 220 Ajuga spp. - Lamiaceae Herb 221 Hyptis suaveolens Vilayti tulsi Lamiaceae Herb 222 Leonotis nepitifolia Thola Lamiaceae Shrub 223 Leucas spp. - Lamiaceae Herb 224 Ocimum basilicum Ban-tulsi Lamiaceae Herb 225 Pogostemon spp. Jui-lata Lamiaceae Herb 226 Achyranthes aspera Latjira Amaranthaceae Herb 227 Aerva spp. Nuria Amaranthaceae Herb 228 Alternanthera spp. - Amaranthaceae Herb 229 Amaranths spp. - Amaranthaceae Herb 230 Litsea spp. - Lauraceae Tree 231 Loranthus spp. - Loranthaceae Herb (Parasite) 232 Viscum spp. - Loranthaceae Herb (Parasite) 233 Antidesma diandrum Ampti / Matasura Euphorbiaceae Tree 234 Bridelia retusa Koka / Kheji Euphorbiaceae Tree 235 Cleistanthus collinus Karla / Pasu Euphorbiaceae Tree 236 Croton roxburghii Putri / Kuti Euphorbiaceae Shrub 237 Euphorbia tirucalli Euphorbiaceae Shrub 238 Glochidion zeylanicum Euphorbiaceae Shrub 239 Jatropha spp. Bharenda Euphorbiaceae Under-Shrub 240 Macaranga spp. Chand-kal Euphorbiaceae Small Tree 241 Mallotus philippensis Kamala Euphorbiaceae Tree 242 Ricinus communis Castor / Rend Euphorbiaceae Shrub 243 Breynia vitis-idaea - Phyllanthaceae Shrub 244 Embelica officinalis Amla / Meral Phyllanthaceae Tree 245 Flueggia obovata Ainta Phyllanthaceae Shrub



Chapter-3 Page 99


Family Habit

246 Miliusa velutina - Annonaceae Tree 247 Asparagus racemosus Satmuli Liliaceae Climber 248 Alpinia spp. - Zingiberaceae Herb 249 Curcuma spp. - Zingiberaceae Herb 250 Acampe papillosa - Orchidaceae Herb 251 Aerides spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 252 Bulbophylum spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 253 Cymbidium spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 254 Dendrobium spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 255 Eulopia spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 256 Habernaria spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 257 Obernonia spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 258 Thunia spp. - Orchidaceae Herb 259 Vanda testacea - Orchidaceae Epiphytic Herb 260 Dioscorea spp. - Dioscoreaceae Climber 261 Commelina spp - Commelinaceae Herb 262 Borassus flabellifer Tal Arecaceae Tree 263 Phoenix acaulis Khajur / Kita Arecaceae Tree 264 Colocasia spp. Maan-kochu Araceae Large herb 265 Alocasia spp. Maan-kochu Araceae Large herb 266 Typha angustifolia - Typhaceae Aquatic Shrub 267 Carex spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 268 Cyperus spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 269 Eleocharis spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 270 Fimbristylis spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 271 Scirpus spp. - Cyperaceae Herb 272 Andropogon ascinodis - Poaceae Herb 273 Apluda varia - / Tati Poaceae Herb 274 Apocopsis spp. - Poaceae Herb 275 Aristida spp. - Poaceae Herb 276 Arundinella spp. - Poaceae Herb 277 Bambusa arundianceae - Poaceae Bamboo 278 Brachiaria spp. - Poaceae Herb 279 Chrysopogon spp. Chor-kanta Herb 280 Cymbopogon spp. - Poaceae Herb 281 Cynodon dactylon Doob ghas Poaceae Herb 282 Diacanthium spp. - Poaceae Herb 283 Digitaria spp. - Poaceae Herb 284 Echinochloa spp. - Poaceae Herb 285 Eulaliopsis binata Sabai / Barchon Poaceae Herb 286 Heteropogon spp. Chorant / Saiya Poaceae Herb 287 Imperata arundinacea Chero-ghas / Chiru Poaceae Herb 288 Panicum spp. - Poaceae Herb 289 Paspalidium spp. - Poaceae Herb



Chapter-3 Page 100


Family Habit

290 Paspalum spp. - Poaceae Herb 291 Pennisetum spp. - Poaceae Herb 292 Saccharum spp. - Poaceae Herb 293 Setaria spp. - Poaceae Herb 294 Sporobolus spp. - Poaceae Herb 295 Urochloa spp. - Poaceae Herb 296 Vetiveria spp. - Poaceae Herb

The fallow lands are just like those present in the core zone (see Photo 3.f below)

Photo 3.f: Typical Fallow Land in Plain Area of Buffer Zone There are several plantations of Eucalyptus and Acacia auriculiformis in the study area. These plantations have been created by the State Forest Department. The Acacia auriculiformis plantations are dense (see Photo 3.g below) the plants have spread beyond the plantation areas.



Chapter-3 Page 101

Photo 3.g: Acacia auriculiformis Plantation in Buffer Zone

There are several water filled road side ditches, village ponds, seasonal and perennial streams and large perennial river, the Subarnarekha, in the Buffer Zone. The vegetation of the road side ditches in the buffer zone is no different from what has been described for similar water bodies in the core zone. The village ponds have also more or less similar vegetation; in addition many ponds have infestations of water hyacinth. Water hyacinth is also seen on the banks of the Subarnarekha.

Photo 3.h: Dense Sal Forest in Buffer Zone ~3 km NW of Mine Lease

The escarpment extending in the north-west-south-east axis through the middle of the study area is covered with forests. These forests are classified as Northern Tropical Moist Deciduous Forests. These forests are composed mostly of Shorea robusta (Sal), Butea spp. (Palas), Albizzia procera (Safed Siris), Diospyros melanoxylon (Tendu), Terminalia tomentosa (Asan), Terminalia chebula (Harra), Buchnania latifolia (Chironji), Pongamia glabra (Karanj), Terminalia belirica (Baheda)



Chapter-3 Page 102

etc. Butea spp. (Palas) and Madhuca indica (Mahua) are fairly common at the foothills. The phyto-sociological characteristics of the forests in the buffer zone are given Tables 3.42, 3.43, 3.44, 3.45, 3.46, 3.47, 3.48 and 3.49. The diversity is low due to predominance of sal. Tables 3.42: Composition of Forest ~3 km NW of Core Zone

(22o35’04”N, 86o24’21”E) Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 3 3 4 3 4 5 2 3 27 2 Diospyros melanoxylon - 1 - - - - 2 1 4 3 Bombax ceiba 1 - - - - 1 - - 2 4 Anogeissus latifolia - - - - 1 - - - 1 5 Buchnanialatifolia - 2 - 2 - - - - 4 6 Terminalia chebula - - 1 - 1 - 1 - 3 7 Terminalia belirica - - - - - 2 - 1 3 8 Terminalia tomentosa 2 1 - - - - 2 - 5 9 Ficus hispida 1 - 2 - - 1 2 2 8 10 Cleistanthus collinus - 1 - 1 1 - - 1 4 11 Boswellia serrata - - - - 1 - - 1 2 12 Azadirachta indica 1 - 2 - - 1 - 1 5 13 Adina cordifolia 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 14 Pongamia pinnata - 1 - - - - 1 1 3 15 Syzygium cuminii - 2 1 1 1 - - - 5 16 Schleichera oleosa - - 1 - - - 1 - 2 17 Gmelina arborea - - - 1 - 1 1 - 3 18 Dillenia aurea - - - - 1 - - 1 2 19 Wrightia arborea - - - - - - - 2 2 20 Albizzia spp. 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 TOTAL 10 11 11 8 10 11 14 14 89



Chapter-3 Page 103

Table 3.43: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~3 km NW of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 100 337.5 3.375 13.793 30.337

2.586

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 37.5 50 1.333 5.172 4.494 3 Bombax ceiba 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 4 Anogeissus latifolia 12.5 12.5 1.000 1.724 1.124 5 Buchnanialatifolia 25 50 2.000 3.448 4.494 6 Terminalia chebula 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.172 3.371 7 Terminalia belirica 25 37.5 1.500 3.448 3.371 8 Terminalia tomentosa 37.5 62.5 1.667 5.712 5.618 9 Ficus hispida 62.5 100 1.600 8.621 8.989 10 Cleistanthus collinus 50 50 1.000 6.897 4.494 11 Boswellia serrata 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 12 Azadirachta indica 50 62.5 1.250 6.897 5.618 13 Adina cordifolia 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 14 Pongamia pinnata 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.172 3.371 15 Syzygium cuminii 50 62.5 1.250 6.897 5.618 16 Schleichera oleosa 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 17 Gmelina arborea 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.172 3.371 18 Dillenia aurea 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 19 Wrightia arborea 12.5 25 2.000 1.724 2.247 20 Albizzia spp. 25 25 1.000 3.448 2.247 TOTAL 725 1112.5 100 100

Tables 3.44: Composition of Forest 6 km NW of Core Zone (22o35’40”N, 86o23’08”E)

Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 5 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 30 2 Diospyros melanoxylon 1 - - 1 1 1 - 1 5 3 Bombax ceiba 1 - 1 - - - - - 2 4 Cordia spp. - 2 - - - - - - 2 5 Buchnanialatifolia - - 1 - - - - - 1 6 Terminalia chebula - - - 1 - - 2 1 4 7 Terminalia belirica - - - 1 - - - - 1 8 Terminalia tomentosa - 1 - - 1 - - - 2 9 Ficus hispida - - 2 - 3 2 - - 7 10 Syzygium cuminii - - - 2 - - - 2 4 11 Boswellia serrata - 1 - - - - - - 1 12 Azadirachta indica - - 1 2 - - - - 3 13 Acacia torta - - 2 - - - - - 2 14 Holarrhena antidysentrica - 1 - - 1 - - 1 3 15 Mitragyna parviflora - 1 1 - - - - 1 3 16 Pterocarpus marsupium - - 1 - - - 1 1 3 17 Mangifera indica 1 - - - 1 1 - - 3 18 Spondias pinnata - 2 - - 1 1 - - 4 19 Ailanthus excelsa 1 - 1 1 - - - - 3 TOTAL 9 11 14 12 11 8 7 11 93



Chapter-3 Page 104

Table 3.45: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~6 km NW of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 100 375 3.750 16.000 32.256

2.264

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 62.5 62.5 1.000 10.000 5.376 3 Bombax ceiba 25 25 1.000 4.000 2.151 4 Cordia spp. 12.5 25 1.000 2.000 2.151 5 Buchnanialatifolia 12.5 12.5 1.000 2.000 1.075 6 Terminalia chebula 37.5 50 1.333 6.000 4.301 7 Terminalia belirica 12.5 12.5 1.000 2.000 1.075 8 Terminalia tomentosa 25 25 1.000 4.000 2.151 9 Ficus hispida 37.5 87.5 2.333 6.000 7.527 10 Syzygium cuminii 25 50 2.000 4.000 4.301 11 Boswellia serrata 12.5 12.5 1.000 2.000 1.075 12 Azadirachta indica 25 37.5 1.500 4.000 3.226 13 Acacia torta 12.5 25 1.000 2.000 2.151 14 Holarrhena antidysentrica 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.000 3.226 15 Mitragyna parviflora 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.000 3.226 16 Pterocarpus marsupium 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.000 3.226 17 Mangifera indica 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.000 3.226 18 Spondias pinnata 37.5 50 1.333 6.000 4.301 19 Ailanthus excelsa 37.5 37.5 1.000 6.000 3.226 TOTAL 625 1162.5 100 100

Tables 3.46: Composition of Forest ~3.5 km South of Core Zone

(22o31’34”N, 86o25’49”E) Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 5 4 6 3 5 4 7 3 37 2 Diospyros melanoxylon 1 4 - - 1 - - 1 7 3 Bombax ceiba - 1 - - - - - 1 2 4 Adina cordifolia - - 2 - - - 1 2 5 5 Ficus hispida 1 1 2 1 3 - - - 8 6 Ficus bengalensis - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 7 Terminalia belirica - - - 1 - 2 - 1 4 8 Syzygium cuminii - - - 3 - - - - 3 9 Azadirachta indica - - - 1 - 1 - - 2 10 Mangifera indica 1 - 1 - - - - - 2 11 Pterocarpus marsupium 1 1 - - - 2 - - 2 12 Morinda pubescens - 1 - - - - - - 1 13 Sterculia urens - - - - - 2 - 1 3 14 Wrightia arborea - - 1 - - - - - 1 15 Careya arborea - - 1 - 1 - - - 2 16 Holoptelia integrifolia 1 - - - - - - 1 2 17 Erythrina stricta - - - - 1 - - - 2 TOTAL 10 12 13 11 11 11 9 10 87



Chapter-3 Page 105

Table 3.47: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest 3.5 km South of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 100 462.5 4.625 17.778 42.529

2.120

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 50 87.5 1.75 8.889 8.046 3 Bombax ceiba 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 4 Adina cordifolia 37.5 62.5 1.667 6.667 5.747 5 Ficus hispida 62.5 100 1.600 11.111 9.195 6 Ficus bengalensis 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 7 Terminalia belirica 37.5 50 1.333 6.667 4.598 8 Syzygium cuminii 12.5 37.5 3.000 2.222 3.448 9 Azadirachta indica 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 10 Mangifera indica 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 11 Pterocarpus marsupium 37.5 50 1.333 6.667 4.598 12 Morinda pubescens 12.5 12.5 1.000 2.222 1.149 13 Sterculia urens 25 37.5 1.500 4.444 3.448 14 Wrightia arborea 12.5 12.5 1.000 2.222 1.149 15 Careya arborea 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 16 Holoptelia integrifolia 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 17 Erythrina stricta 25 25 1.000 4.444 2.299 TOTAL 562.5 1087.5 100 100

Tables 3.48: Composition of Forest ~5.5 km West of Core Zone (22o33’42”N, 86o22’35”E)

Sl. No.


1 Shorea robusta 5 4 4 6 2 2 4 4 32 2 Diospyros melanoxylon - 1 1 - - 3 - 2 7 3 Adina cordifolia - 1 - - 1 1 - - 3 4 Syzygium cuminii 1 - 1 - - - 1 - 3 5 Spondias pinnata - - - 2 - - - - 2 6 Terminalia tomentosa - - 1 - - 1 - 2 4 7 Terminalia belirica - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 8 Ficus hispida 1 1 2 - 2 - 3 - 9 9 Ficus religiosa - - 1 1 - 1 - - 3 10 Pterocarpus marsupium - - 1 - - - - - 1 11 Boswellia serrata - - - 1 - - 1 - 2 12 Lagerstroemia parviflora - - - - 1 1 - - 2 13 Mangifera indica - - - 1 2 - - 1 4 14 Mallotus philippensis - 1 1 - - - - - 2 15 Garcinia cowa - - 1 - 1 - 1 - 3 16 Wrightia arborea - - - 1 - 1 - - 2 17 Embelica officinalis 2 2 - - - 1 - 1 6 18 Lannea grandis - - 1 - - 1 2 - 4 TOTAL 9 11 14 12 10 12 13 10 91



Chapter-3 Page 106

Table 3.49: Phyto-Sociological features of Forest ~5.5 km West of Core Zone Sl. No.


Density (Nos./ha)


1 Shorea robusta 100 400 4.000 14.815 35.165

2.387

2 Diospyros melanoxylon 50 87.5 1.750 7.407 7.692 3 Adina cordifolia 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.556 3.297 4 Syzygium cuminii 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.556 3.297 5 Spondias pinnata 12.5 25 2.000 1.852 2.198 6 Terminalia tomentosa 37.5 50 1.333 5.556 4.396 7 Terminalia belirica 25 25 1.000 3.704 2.198 8 Ficus hispida 62.5 112.5 1.800 9.259 9.890 9 Ficus religiosa 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.556 3.297 10 Pterocarpus marsupium 12.5 12.5 1.000 1.852 1.099 11 Boswellia serrata 25 25 1.000 3.704 2.198 12 Lagerstroemia parviflora 25 25 1.000 3.704 2.198 13 Mangifera indica 37.5 50 1.333 5.556 4.396 14 Mallotus philippensis 25 25 1.000 3.704 2.198 15 Garcinia cowa 37.5 37.5 1.000 5.556 3.297 16 Wrightia arborea 25 25 1.000 3.704 2.198 17 Embelica officinalis 50 75 1.500 7.407 6.593 18 Lannea grandis 37.5 50 1.333 5.556 4.396 TOTAL 675 1137.5 100 100

Buffer Zone Fauna

The animals found in the study area are listed in Table 3.50.

Table 3.50: List of Terrestrial Animals found in the Study Area Sl. No. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life

Protection Act in Which Listed

Mammals 1. Common Mongoose Herpestres edwardsii IV 2. Jackal Canis aureus II 3. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis II 4. Common house rat Rattus rattus V 5. Indian hare Lepus nigricollis IV 6. Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica IV 7. Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga V 8. Squirrel Funambulus pennanti IV 9. Wild cat Felis chaus II 10. Wild Pig Sus scrofa III 11. Common Langur Presbytis entellus II 12. Rhesus Monkey Macaca mulatta II Reptiles 1. Russel’s Viper Vipera russelii II 2. Cobra Naja naja II 3 Yellow Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus II 4 Tree Snake Dendrolaphis tristis



Chapter-3 Page 107

Sl. No. Common Name Scientific Name Schedule of Wild Life Protection Act in Which Listed

5 Common Skink Mabuya carinata - 6 Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor - 7 Indian Python Python morulus I 8 Common Green Whip snake Ahaetulla nasutus IV Birds 1 Pariah Kite Milvus migrans - 2 Common Crow Corvus splendens V 3 Jungle Crow C. marorhynchos IV 4 House Sparrow Passer domesticus - 5 Wagtail Motacilla spp. 6 Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri IV 7 Common Mynah Acridotheres tristis IV 8 Pied Mynah Sturnus contra IV 9 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis IV 10 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii IV 11 Little Egret Egretta garzetta IV 12 Small Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis - 13 Drongo Dicrurus adsimilis IV 14 Crow Pheasant Centropus sinensis IV 15 Doves Streptopelia spp. IV 16 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis IV 17 White Breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis IV 18 Red Vent Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer IV 19 Koel Eudynamis scolopacea IV 20 Tailor Bird Orthotomus sutorius IV 21 Magpie Robin Copsychus saularis IV 22 Swallows Hirundo spp. IV 23 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica IV 24 Tree Pie Dendrocitta vagabunda IV 25 Partridge Francolinus spp. IV 26 Black Winged Kite Elanus caeruleus IV 27 Red Jungle fowl Gallus gallus IV 28 Black headed oriole Oriolus xanthornus IV 29 White breasted water hen Phoenicurus amaurornis IV 30 Little Grebe Podiceps ruficollis IV 31 Hoopoe Upupa epops IV 32 Shrikes Lanius spp IV 33 Small Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger IV 34 Open-billed stork Anastomus oscitans IV 35 Pegion Columba livia IV 36 Owl Bubo spp. IV 37 Golden backed woodpecker Dinopium bengalense IV 38 Common quail Coturnix coturnix IV



Chapter-3 Page 108

The forests on the escarpment supports several types of wild animals but only small common species are found as the area of the forests is not large enough to support viable populations of large species.

3.4.7 Traffic density measurement

Traffic density analysis has been carried at two (2) locations: at Laukesravillage i.e. between the mine and Mosabani and at Benashole Village on the Surda - Ghatsila Road. Monitoring was carried out during Post Monsoon season, 2012. At each traffic density analysis location, traffic density was recorded at hourly intervals for 24 hours continuously by counting the numbers and types of vehicle passing through these stations.The observations of traffic density analysis station are given in Table 3.51.

Table 3.51: Traffic Density Time Surda – Mosabani Road Surda Ghatsila Road

2 wheelers Light Vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

2 wheelers Light Vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

0600 – 0700 hrs. 4 3 7 5 5 4 0700 – 0800 hrs. 6 5 10 7 9 7 0800 – 0900 hrs. 11 12 14 10 8 10 0900 – 1000 hrs. 11 9 12 12 10 9 1000 – 1100 hrs. 16 11 12 15 12 6 1100 – 1200 hrs. 11 8 11 13 16 8 1200 – 1300 hrs. 13 6 13 10 20 6 1300 – 1400 hrs. 8 6 11 10 14 2 1400 – 1500 hrs. 10 5 14 8 19 6 1500 – 1600 hrs. 20 9 16 19 13 12 1600 – 1700 hrs. 21 13 10 18 16 4 1700 – 1800 hrs. 24 11 12 17 15 5 1800 – 1900 hrs. 16 10 10 14 16 2 1900 – 2000 hrs. 8 5 8 10 6 3 2000 – 2100 hrs. 2 3 4 4 4 1 2100 – 2200 hrs. 1 1 5 1 0 1 2200 – 2300 hrs. 0 0 3 0 0 0 2300 – 0000 hrs. 0 0 1 0 0 0 0000 – 0100 hrs. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0100 – 0200 hrs. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0200 – 0300 hrs. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0300 – 0400 hrs. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0400 – 0500 hrs. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0500 – 0600 hrs. 2 2 1 2 0 0

TOTAL 182 117 173 173 183 86

From the above table the following are observed:



Chapter-3 Page 109

• Scooters & motorcycles constitute majority of the road traffic in this area. • There is negligible movement of vehiclesbetween 10 p.m. and 6 a.m. • A large number of trucks ply between Surda Mine and Mosabani during day-time.

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY

3.8.1 Base line study

Copper mining projects are of great importance for the country as India has to import most of its copper requirements. Although mining projects bring handful of benefits to the people in the form of employment, skill up-gradation, development of infrastructure etc., the possibility of some adverse impact cannot be ruled out. Overall impact of a mining project may be marginal or non-marginal depending on the extent of change caused by the project to alter the existing equilibrium of the socio-economic system. The project is expected to have significant impact with respect to social and economic dimensions in the study area. On this background, the present socio-economic impact assessment of the project has been carried out with respect to the following objectives :

a) To assess the impact of the project on the agricultural situation; b) To assess the impact of the project on the pattern of demand; c) To estimate employment and income effects of the project; d) To ascertain the impact of the project on the consumption behaviour; e) To explore the impact of the projects on educational status in that locality; f) To analyse peoples' perception regarding impact of the project.

Population and occupational pattern of the study area, as per Census-2011, are given in Table 3.52.

Table 3.52: Demographic pattern of the study area Sl No Item Study area

(nos.) Share in total

population (%) 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3

Population Total Male Female

181752 92345 89407

50.81 49.19

2.0 Households 38930 3.1 3.2

SC ST

10665 79335

5.87 43.65

4.0 Literates 112120 61.69 5.0 Working population

Cultivators Agricultural labourers HH industry Others

67896 4639 3884 796

25621

37.36 2.55 2.14 0.44

14.10 5.1 Marginal workers 32956 18.13 5.2 Non-Working Population 113856 62.64

Source : Census 2011, Government of India



Chapter-3 Page 110

Total population of the study area is 181752. The sex ratio in the study area is about 968 females per 1000 males.SC and ST categories constitute 5.87% and 43.65% of the population respectively. Literacy rate is about 61.69%. Working population constitute about37.36% of the total population. Marginal workers constitute about 18.13% of total population.Details of village-wise demographic pattern of is given in Table 3.53.



Chapter-3 Page 111

Table 3.53: Details of village-wise demographic pattern

S.N

o.

Villa

ge/

Tow

n

Tota

l Num

ber

of

Hou

seho

lds

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

latio

n.

SC P

opul

atio

n

ST P

opul

atio

n

Lite

rate

s Po

pula

tion

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Ille

reta

re

Popu

latio

n

Mal

e Il

lete

rate

s

Fem

ale

Ille

tera

tes

Tota

l Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orki

ng

Popu

latio

n

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tors

Mai

n Ag

ricu

ltura

l W

orke

rs

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

Po

pula

tion

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

-Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Ghatsila 1 Baki 265 1253 633 620 22 844 683 392 291 570 241 329 405 198 144 3 24 27 207 848 2 Raghunathpur 84 342 175 167 0 52 195 121 74 147 54 93 174 171 15 147 0 9 3 168 3 Baliguma 52 222 99 123 0 0 102 51 51 120 48 72 116 116 2 101 10 3 0 106 4 Purnapani 32 148 78 70 0 130 36 25 11 112 53 59 67 65 17 0 0 48 2 81 5 Chengjora 194 827 405 422 0 790 429 257 172 398 148 250 338 137 43 31 2 61 201 489 6 Dhanbani 57 260 130 130 0 260 125 79 46 135 51 84 123 13 0 0 0 13 110 137 7 Edalbera 114 524 265 259 94 408 334 200 134 190 65 125 148 20 0 0 0 20 128 376 8 Jhaprishol 109 479 240 239 109 278 263 155 108 216 85 131 152 28 1 2 0 25 124 327 9 Phulpal 326 1684 848 836 0 471 958 555 403 726 293 433 525 215 0 0 0 215 310 1159

10 Kitadi 440 1923 967 956 336 703 1107 662 445 816 305 511 623 406 32 4 35 335 217 1300 11 Amainagar 267 1079 538 541 2 181 514 305 209 565 233 332 410 215 10 0 1 204 195 669 12 Susnijobni 41 200 107 93 22 53 153 95 58 47 12 35 69 25 0 1 1 23 44 131 13 Upar Paora 285 1310 654 656 5 832 840 481 359 470 173 297 443 315 25 18 1 271 128 867 14 Gohandi 52 425 339 86 0 366 324 289 35 101 50 51 101 58 9 7 0 42 43 324 15 Mahalidi 64 307 155 152 4 289 178 104 74 129 51 78 146 66 1 9 0 56 80 161 16 Tamakpal 266 1208 620 588 16 733 715 416 299 493 204 289 424 365 47 22 6 290 59 784 17 Kalapathar 41 205 108 97 0 165 99 68 31 106 40 66 52 43 0 0 0 43 9 153 18 Anidi 42 178 99 79 0 78 112 71 41 66 28 38 60 57 8 6 2 41 3 118 19 Soradabar 78 347 188 159 0 311 160 106 54 187 82 105 212 202 96 2 1 103 10 135 20 Bara Jurni 901 3984 1990 1994 26 1545 2092 1233 859 1892 757 1135 1872 1357 262 265 77 753 515 2112 21 Shalbani 2 10 6 4 0 10 0 0 0 10 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 8 22 Gopalpur 7 35 18 17 0 0 33 16 17 2 2 0 11 6 5 0 0 1 5 24 23 Barapahar 35 149 84 65 7 0 101 66 35 48 18 30 61 15 7 0 0 8 46 88 24 Digri 141 634 345 289 9 238 350 217 133 284 128 156 311 96 1 0 0 95 215 323 25 Galudi 69 311 163 148 4 247 158 92 66 153 71 82 102 56 11 5 0 40 46 209 26 Bodhpur 17 62 34 28 0 32 42 28 14 20 6 14 28 7 0 0 0 7 21 34 27 Kalimati 446 2120 1088 1032 60 695 1346 770 576 774 318 456 633 537 78 13 0 446 96 1487



Chapter-3 Page 112

S.N

o.

Villa

ge/

Tow

n

Tota

l Num

ber

of

Hou

seho

lds

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

latio

n.

SC P

opul

atio

n

ST P

opul

atio

n

Lite

rate

s Po

pula

tion

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Ille

reta

re

Popu

latio

n

Mal

e Il

lete

rate

s

Fem

ale

Ille

tera

tes

Tota

l Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orki

ng

Popu

latio

n

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tors

Mai

n Ag

ricu

ltura

l W

orke

rs

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

Po

pula

tion

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

-Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

28 Jagannathpur 414 2040 1047 993 39 1280 1103 694 409 937 353 584 865 345 69 29 6 241 520 1175 29 Baitalpur 84 419 199 220 0 419 222 134 88 197 65 132 272 55 2 0 0 53 217 147 30 Thakurbari 94 423 210 213 36 384 221 123 98 202 87 115 131 23 2 0 1 20 108 292 31 Hendaljuri 298 1384 702 682 478 616 878 514 364 506 188 318 397 158 7 5 3 143 239 987 32 Kankrishol 247 1043 526 517 165 316 611 357 254 432 169 263 483 139 19 2 2 116 344 560 33 Kalajhor 223 1113 566 547 0 956 578 354 224 535 212 323 367 13 4 1 0 8 354 746 34 Raja Basa 148 702 355 347 0 478 342 203 139 360 152 208 269 67 55 1 0 11 202 433 35 Haludbani 108 567 290 277 0 388 235 135 100 332 155 177 190 77 21 17 0 39 113 377 36 Pirrabad 82 452 214 238 0 229 279 151 128 173 63 110 169 45 2 0 5 38 124 283 37 Paharpur 79 396 208 188 0 367 202 120 82 194 88 106 218 17 0 0 0 17 201 178 38 Charri 63 349 168 181 0 335 125 56 69 224 112 112 130 55 2 31 0 22 75 219 39 Gurajor 156 766 400 366 1 765 323 215 108 443 185 258 311 77 12 10 1 54 234 455 40 Mirgitanr 34 138 70 68 0 138 66 41 25 72 29 43 51 3 3 0 0 0 48 87 41 Susnigariya 72 362 185 177 1 283 193 109 84 169 76 93 89 69 64 0 0 5 20 273 42 Dhamakbera 107 448 210 238 0 123 233 133 100 215 77 138 216 58 5 29 0 24 158 232 43 Chorinda 218 1035 521 514 104 191 656 366 290 379 155 224 412 147 99 14 1 33 265 623 44 Dumarbahal 14 47 26 21 17 30 16 8 8 31 18 13 24 6 0 0 0 6 18 23 45 Jarisa 285 1266 645 621 100 0 818 471 347 448 174 274 462 227 47 8 20 152 235 804 46 Chholagora 34 137 74 63 7 103 70 42 28 67 32 35 63 18 3 0 0 15 45 74 47 Barbil 294 1305 622 683 32 464 676 381 295 629 241 388 535 157 4 2 20 131 378 770 48 Bhalukkhuliya 12 41 21 20 0 0 27 13 14 14 8 6 16 11 0 0 2 9 5 25 49 Sirsa 9 47 27 20 0 6 36 22 14 11 5 6 16 2 0 0 0 2 14 31 50 Ghikuli 43 176 89 87 97 73 106 62 44 70 27 43 65 19 0 0 0 19 46 111 51 Patmahuliya 144 611 299 312 49 278 354 195 159 257 104 153 258 82 4 0 1 77 176 353 52 Ulda 382 1902 903 999 114 917 1392 695 697 510 208 302 572 261 1 1 3 256 311 1330 53 Chandrarekha 274 1174 630 544 24 57 686 430 256 488 200 288 362 31 0 0 0 31 331 812 54 Ghatshila (CT) 8893 40624 20912 19712 4590 4276 30892 17066 13826 9732 3846 5886 12502 10766 104 79 210 10373 1736 28122

Potka 55 Porsa 120 608 301 307 60 540 254 152 102 354 149 205 314 36 0 4 3 29 278 294 56 Jamdi Alias Baruda 60 273 142 131 0 251 156 97 59 117 45 72 140 116 103 0 1 12 24 133



Chapter-3 Page 113

S.N

o.

Villa

ge/

Tow

n

Tota

l Num

ber

of

Hou

seho

lds

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

latio

n.

SC P

opul

atio

n

ST P

opul

atio

n

Lite

rate

s Po

pula

tion

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Ille

reta

re

Popu

latio

n

Mal

e Il

lete

rate

s

Fem

ale

Ille

tera

tes

Tota

l Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orki

ng

Popu

latio

n

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tors

Mai

n Ag

ricu

ltura

l W

orke

rs

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

Po

pula

tion

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

-Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

57 Saharjuri 65 321 156 165 0 320 136 78 58 185 78 107 162 6 0 2 0 4 156 159 58 Roteda 38 169 76 93 0 132 79 38 41 90 38 52 138 0 0 0 0 0 138 31

Musabani 59 Chakuliya 161 722 354 368 89 600 344 205 139 378 149 229 221 200 45 120 4 31 21 501 60 Netra 34 174 74 100 0 174 87 39 48 87 35 52 97 0 0 0 0 0 97 77 61 Chapri 193 971 471 500 0 788 534 310 224 437 161 276 479 28 0 0 1 27 451 492 62 Kumirmuri 190 1027 525 502 1 907 645 400 245 382 125 257 614 135 75 19 1 40 479 413 63 Royam 339 1612 856 756 54 667 965 591 374 647 265 382 647 115 4 1 2 108 532 965 64 Kulamara 373 1805 906 899 16 1720 723 470 253 1082 436 646 955 218 45 29 4 140 737 850 65 Patkita 128 666 315 351 0 666 286 179 107 380 136 244 335 27 5 6 0 16 308 331 66 Samaydi 273 1522 775 747 0 1506 752 472 280 770 303 467 728 221 60 17 6 138 507 794 67 Terenga 414 2006 990 1016 31 1234 1053 639 414 953 351 602 857 290 23 12 0 255 567 1149 68 Benashol 477 2310 1133 1177 195 1285 1352 768 584 958 365 593 773 480 24 10 0 446 293 1537 69 Sohada 585 2754 1407 1347 179 1352 1831 1042 789 923 365 558 881 647 11 10 31 595 234 1873 70 Surda 309 1432 735 697 10 725 998 577 421 434 158 276 503 290 11 3 1 275 213 929 71 Upar Banda 263 1136 580 556 0 378 625 356 269 511 224 287 529 148 33 0 0 115 381 607 72 Tilabani 333 1440 718 722 0 1019 742 443 299 698 275 423 577 391 7 166 17 201 186 863 73 Kadamdi 163 767 393 374 0 357 375 230 145 392 163 229 290 261 18 13 11 219 29 477 74 Barhaniyan 110 463 237 226 0 319 235 161 74 228 76 152 165 157 57 60 0 40 8 298 75 Laukeshra 102 477 228 249 1 407 250 142 108 227 86 141 152 125 51 50 0 24 27 325 76 Patharghara 428 1983 1006 977 21 1159 1202 695 507 781 311 470 703 551 134 99 7 311 152 1280 77 Merhiya 353 1519 743 776 41 872 843 489 354 676 254 422 579 50 14 6 2 28 529 940 78 Jamshol 209 1097 529 568 0 931 579 322 257 518 207 311 426 186 86 33 1 66 240 671 79 Sonagara 244 1309 655 654 0 900 537 335 202 772 320 452 478 45 12 3 0 30 433 831 80 Latiga 366 1584 785 799 0 1302 913 536 377 671 249 422 849 88 23 3 7 55 761 735 81 Bikrampur Alias Mainjhariya 282 1381 670 711 23 1341 447 287 160 934 383 551 800 198 6 142 1 49 602 581 82 Phuljhari 154 640 312 328 0 250 353 211 142 287 101 186 230 71 29 1 0 41 159 410 83 Bhaduya 68 319 157 162 0 247 154 92 62 165 65 100 167 45 0 14 0 31 122 152 84 Gohla 545 2545 1276 1269 20 1090 1138 655 483 1407 621 786 1168 470 220 175 9 66 698 1377 85 Bakra 267 1256 629 627 0 431 611 389 222 645 240 405 491 302 47 19 3 233 189 765



Chapter-3 Page 114

S.N

o.

Villa

ge/

Tow

n

Tota

l Num

ber

of

Hou

seho

lds

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

latio

n.

SC P

opul

atio

n

ST P

opul

atio

n

Lite

rate

s Po

pula

tion

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Ille

reta

re

Popu

latio

n

Mal

e Il

lete

rate

s

Fem

ale

Ille

tera

tes

Tota

l Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orki

ng

Popu

latio

n

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tors

Mai

n Ag

ricu

ltura

l W

orke

rs

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

Po

pula

tion

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

-Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

86 Katsakra 70 348 177 171 0 188 166 110 56 182 67 115 204 1 0 0 0 1 203 144 87 Patnipal 39 180 86 94 0 140 83 47 36 97 39 58 58 3 0 1 0 2 55 122 88 Panduaboro Alias

Bhandarboro 253 1183 572 611 0 470 706 394 312 477 178 299 405 158 126 2 0 30 247 778 89 Bhuiyaboro 171 748 373 375 82 125 484 276 208 264 97 167 334 33 1 1 2 29 301 414 90 Karashol 174 787 416 371 0 509 447 273 174 340 143 197 242 34 0 1 0 33 208 545 91 Paruliya 1132 5286 2625 2661 164 3501 2776 1675 1101 2510 950 1560 2450 646 235 243 16 152 1804 2836 92 Bangora 76 410 200 210 0 390 180 106 74 230 94 136 128 99 85 6 0 8 29 282 93 Niranjan Kocha 1 4 2 2 0 4 4 2 2 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 94 Koilisuta 311 1534 756 778 0 1228 808 494 314 726 262 464 680 125 55 7 0 63 555 854 95 Raypahari 213 1110 550 560 10 1078 523 336 187 587 214 373 368 249 135 17 13 84 119 742 96 Dhohni 797 3708 1850 1858 210 2738 2102 1223 879 1606 627 979 1316 698 126 438 6 128 618 2392 97 Kakdaha 254 1233 621 612 0 1169 575 356 219 658 265 393 735 276 216 32 0 28 459 498 98 Forest Block 511 2665 1304 1361 0 2571 1147 693 454 1518 611 907 1028 446 228 127 1 90 582 1637 99 Musabani (CT) 6650 31035 16063 14972 2601 6470 21778 12342 9436 9257 3721 5536 10074 6146 177 433 141 5395 3928 20961

Dumaria 100 Kundaloka 250 1265 629 636 0 1265 572 357 215 693 272 421 707 298 105 166 0 27 409 558 101 Murakanjiya 348 1597 786 811 116 1140 786 489 297 811 297 514 846 262 172 54 0 36 584 751 102 Bara Kanjiya 476 2436 1209 1227 0 1919 1314 784 530 1122 425 697 1243 536 29 385 44 78 707 1193 Dhalbhumagarh 103 Harindhukri 212 1126 679 447 38 293 706 452 254 420 227 193 408 84 3 1 2 78 324 718 104 Jagannathpur 137 577 280 297 12 439 299 175 124 278 105 173 253 56 34 1 0 21 197 324 105 Raghunathdi Alias

Susnikalmi 278 1235 609 626 74 722 702 412 290 533 197 336 477 202 72 57 4 69 275 758 106 Chirugora 63 283 134 149 4 244 145 85 60 138 49 89 138 20 4 0 0 16 118 145 107 Dobha 127 549 278 271 0 341 319 188 131 230 90 140 185 15 0 2 0 13 170 364 108 Tetuldanga 168 683 361 322 0 411 390 243 147 293 118 175 288 32 1 0 0 31 256 395 109 Bagula 281 1359 665 694 0 1157 718 419 299 641 246 395 711 129 35 19 6 69 582 648 110 Chhabisha 81 425 224 201 0 308 171 107 64 254 117 137 205 35 25 0 0 10 170 220 111 Chhoinra 178 805 399 406 0 478 395 220 175 410 179 231 322 199 10 3 3 183 123 483 112 Jonbani 366 1828 916 912 0 1751 828 506 322 1000 410 590 862 328 252 2 6 68 534 966



Chapter-3 Page 115

S.N

o.

Villa

ge/

Tow

n

Tota

l Num

ber

of

Hou

seho

lds

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

latio

n.

SC P

opul

atio

n

ST P

opul

atio

n

Lite

rate

s Po

pula

tion

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Ille

reta

re

Popu

latio

n

Mal

e Il

lete

rate

s

Fem

ale

Ille

tera

tes

Tota

l Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

Mai

n W

orki

ng

Popu

latio

n

Mai

n Cu

ltiva

tors

Mai

n Ag

ricu

ltura

l W

orke

rs

Mai

n H

ouse

hold

In

dust

ry

Mai

n O

ther

Po

pula

tion

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

-Wor

king

Po

pula

tion

113 Manda Alias Bhardih 96 452 224 228 0 438 190 123 67 262 101 161 149 53 7 0 0 46 96 303

114 Sonakhun 73 252 138 114 14 76 173 113 60 79 25 54 147 88 7 1 0 80 59 105 115 Bartaliya 1 5 3 2 0 5 5 3 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 4 116 Bhaduya 87 389 182 207 28 319 198 110 88 191 72 119 157 26 3 2 4 17 131 232 117 Maudasoli 172 774 405 369 1 395 442 268 174 332 137 195 272 46 9 0 1 36 226 502 Total 38930 181752 92345 89407 10665 79335 112120 64725 47395 69632 27620 42012 67896 34940 4639 3884 796 25621 32956 113856



Chapter-3 Page 116

3.8.2Analytical framework

Sampling Design

The sample of villages as well as the respondent / households within each sampled village has been selected by two-stage stratified random sampling. On the first stage; villages from each district are selected on the basis of its area in the total study area and on the second stage; households/ respondents are selected from sampled village by simple random sampling. From each selected village, at least two respondents are selected randomly to account intra-village variability among the respondents. A sample of 35 respondents has been surveyed and the sample covers 198 persons.

Composition of the questionnaire

Households/respondents were interviewed with the structured questionnaire specifically designed for this study keeping in view the objectives of the study. The questionnaire consists of following major sections:

Composition and size of family Educational status Homestead Information on agricultural situation (holding size, Land use, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.) Employment (sources of employment) Income (income from various sources Information on family budget Consumption and saving Family asset base Peoples’ willingness to use the proposed road Respondents' perception about the project

Analytical Framework

The major methods used as tools of analysis in this study are as given below:

1. Regression:

Simple linear regression of the following type is considered

Yi = a + b Xi + Ui

(Where, U is the stochastic error term having its usual properties)

The model is fitted to data applying Ordinary Least Square (OLS) to obtain estimated demand and consumption functions.

2. Fitted regression model is used to work out



Chapter-3 Page 117

i) Elasticity of demand with respect to disposable income in case of demand functions : e = (dy / dx) . (y/x)

ii) Marginal propensity to consume (MPC) from consumption function: MPC = dC / Dy

3. Frequency distribution of peoples' perception, educational status, land holding etc.

3.8.3 Agricultural Situation

Wage labour is observed to be main source of income for the people of the study area. As per the census data as well as the sample survey, people engaged in non-agricultural work constitute the majority of the working population. The main crop is paddy. Due to lack of proper irrigation facilities only one crop is grown. Multi crop agricultural lands are located only adjacent to perennial streams. Besides paddy, pulses and seasonal vegetables are the other crops cultivated. Table 3.54 depicts the holding-size wise distribution of respondents. The table reveals that there are almost 93% of the respondents are either landless or marginal land holders while ~7% are small land holders. There are no medium or large land holders.

Table 3.54: Distribution of households by holding size Sl No Holding Size (Acre) Households ( % )

1. Marginal ( <2.5 ) 92.86 2. Small ( 2.5 - 5.0 ) 7.14 3. Medium ( 5.0 - 10.0 ) Nil 4 Large ( >= 10.0 ) Nil TOTAL 100.0

Agriculture is characterized by mono-crop culture. About 90% of the Gross Cropped Area (GCA) is used for cultivation of paddy. Other crops such as vegetables are grown on about 14% of the area. The cropping intensity is low (about 115%).

General price level of the study area and costs of cultivation are also quite high. With rising costs of cultivation, farm families are investing some part of the income from other sources e.g. service, wage labour, self-employment, small business, service etc. in agriculture so as to obtain higher output.

3.8.4 Pattern of demand

The survey reveals that the respondents spend major portion of their disposable income on food items. However, there has been a growing tendency among the respondents, of higher expenditure allocation on non-food items although their



Chapter-3 Page 118

basket of consumption have only few items other than food. To go to the details of their pattern of demand, income elasticity of demand is calculated by fitting demand functions. Table 3.55 presents the results of the regression analysis conducted for fitting the demand functions. It is observed that all the demand functions give uniformly good fits to the data because R2 in all the cases are found to be quite high. Moreover, as indicated by t-test, the relevant parameter of the demand functions is found to be statistically significant at 1% level. The income elasticity of demand as measured from the fitted functions are 0.89 and 1.03 for food and non-food items respectively. The inelastic demand for food and non-food items indicates their strong necessity of these items. The non-food items are found to be elastic to the income of households. This implies that for any additional income, households will expend for non-food items including luxury goods.

Table 3.55: Demand Functions For Food And Non-Food Items Form of the fit Item Regression Parameters

Ln a b R2 Dij = a * Yb

j * U (Where, Dij = Demand for the ith

item by jth respondent.

Yj= Disposable income of the jth respondent

Food

Non-food

1.097

0.442

0.8352 (21.04)*

0.8570

(13.48)*

0.913

0.853

Figures in ( ) indicate t – values * Significant at 1% level.

3.8.5 Employment and Sources of Income

Occupational structure of the people of the study area reveals that 52% of the people’s income is generated from service, 19% is generated from agriculture, 26% is generated from wage labour and business provides 3% of the total income.

3.8.6 Consumption Behaviour

Source-wise average family consumption is given in Table 3.56. It is observed that the major portion of consumption (58.5%) goes to meet the need for food items. This is followed by clothing (18.8%). Average expenditure on education is found to be small but significantat 14.6%.

Table 3.56: Source-wise distribution of family consumption Total Food Education Clothing Medical Others Total Percentage Distribution 58.5 14.6 18.8 4.5 3.6 100.0

3.8.7 Educational Status

The existing educational status of members of the households is depicted in Table 3.57. The table, however, reveals a moderate picture. About 11% and 9% of the



Chapter-3 Page 119

members have education at primary level and middle school level respectively. In the high school and intermediate levels there are about 12% and 16% persons respectively. There are some graduates (around 5.6%). As reported by the respondents, their interest towards education has been increasing due to hope of getting jobs in the non-agricultural sources especially as they feel that agriculture alone will not fulfill their aspirations of better standard of living because of poor profitability. The proposed expansion project is expected to increase such aspirations by bringing opportunities of some direct & indirect employment for the local people. People are interested in getting technical education like Polytechnic, ITI, accountancy etc. as knowledge-based employment opportunities are coming up. The general awareness towards the importance of education is expected to increase further as a result of the new projects and hence, it can be said that the project has a strong positive impact on the level of education of the people of the study area.

Table 3.57: Educational Status of the people of the Study Area Sl.No. Level of education No of persons

1 Illiterate* 91 (45.96) 2 Primary 22 (11.11) 3 Middle schooling 18 (9.09) 4 High schooling 24 (12.12) 5 Intermediate # 32 (16.16) 6 Graduation 11 (5.55) Total 198 (100)

Figures in ( ) indicate % in total number of persons. * includes small non-school going children # includes students who are still studying for their Bachelor’s Degree

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental

Impacts and Mitigation Measures



Chapter-4 Page 120

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The identified impacts due to mining and associated activities have been studied in relation to the following areas:

• Land environment • Solid Wastes • Drainage and water environment • Road traffic • Air environment • Noise environment • Blasting effects • Biological environment • Occupational health • Soil & agriculture • Socio-economics • Land subsidence

Findings of the socio-economic survey and Land subsidence studies have been discussed in chapter 5 whereas all other aspects listed above are discussed in the present chapter.

4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.1.1 Anticipated Impacts

4.1.1.1 Topography and Land degradation

The maximum and minimum altitudes of 260 m AMSL and 104 m AMSL within the ML area occur in the western and eastern part of ML area respectively. There is an escarpment in the western part of the lease area.

The project is an underground mining project, where most of the activity is confined underground. Almost the entire waste rock generated during mining is used for stowing underground and only a small proportion of waste rock may be brought to the surface for dumping.

The existing two main entries into the mine are at 154 m AMSL (Shaft 3) and 141 m AMSL (Shaft 4). At present the bottom level is the 13th Level, which is at -310 m AMSL. It is proposed to develop five more levels at intervals of 37.5 m. The bottom level (18th Level) will be at -498 m AMSL. Since the mining operations are confined underground no impact on surface topography is anticipated. There is no history of surface subsidence in Surda mine. Since mining is carried out in hard rock and stopes are stowed with mill tailings



Chapter-4 Page 121

chances of surface subsidence in expansion phase does not exist. Existing and ultimate depth of mine vis-à-vis ground water table is shown in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1 : Site elevation, Working depth & Ground Water Table at Surda Site elevation

260 mRL (Maximum) 104 mRL (Minimum) Working Level

Existing Ultimate

Level Depth Below Ground Level (m)

R.L. (in m AMSL) Level Depth Below

Ground Level (m) R.L.

(in m AMSL) 13th 464 (-)310 18th 600 (-)498

Ground Water level 12 – 16 m below ground level

4.1.1.2 Land use alteration

Present and proposed land utilization in the mine lease has been given in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2: Existing land use and the land use at the end of the mine’s life Sl. No. Land Use Existing Conceptual

1. Area for mine entry, excavation 2.52 2.52 2. Area for new shaft (proposed) Nil 10.76 3. Old Waste dump (reclaimed) 5.49 5.49 4. Area for top soil storage 2.94 2.94 5. Mineral storage 4.85 4.85 6. Infrastructure (Adm. Building, office, shaft portals, workshop etc.) 8.41 8.41 7. Township 10.69 10.69 8. Roads 1.88 1.88 9. Greenbelt & Plantation (including 7.5 m along ML boundary

5.24km i.e. 3.501 ha) 18.79 18.79

10. Balance unused land 333.11 322.35 Total 388.68 388.68

Fig. in ha

At present only 55.57 ha of the area within the lease (i.e. 14.3%) has been utilised for setting up of the mine and associated infrastructure excluding the site earmarked for new shaft. Under the expansion phase another 10.76 ha area will be utilised for the new shaft. Thus at the conceptual stage surface land utilization will increase to 66.33 ha (17.07%) which is the present acquired area.

Post mining land use pattern has been explained in Table 4.3. The post mining land use has been illustrated in Drawing No. MEC/Q6Y4/11/S2 /11.



Chapter-4 Page 122

Table 4.3: Post mining land use pattern (ha) Sl. No

Description

Land use

Plantation Water Body

Public use

Undisturbed area Total

1 External Waste dump 5.49 Nil Nil Nil 5.49 2 Top soil storage area 2.94 Nil Nil Nil 2.94 3 Mineral storage area 4.85 Nil Nil Nil 4.85 4 Infrastructure (Adm.

Building, workshop, magazine, township) - - 32.38 - 32.38

5 Green Belt 18.79 - - - 18.79 6 Roads - - 1.88 - 1.88 7 Undisturbed area Nil Nil Nil 322.35 322.35 Total 32.07 Nil 34.26 322.35 388.68

Adm. Buildings, workshops, roads, township, magazine house etc. have been accounted for Public Use whereas magazine safety zone is accounted under “Undisturbed Area”. Surda Nala and village pond has been included under “Undisturbed Area”.

4.2 SOLID WASTES

In Surda Mine, waste generated during regular operations of the mine consists of waste rock. The entire quantity of waste rock generated is completely used up for stowing in under ground voids and never brought to the surface. 82000 m3 of waste rock will be generated during sinking of the new vertical shaft which also will be used for support in underground workings.

4.3 DRAINAGE & WATER ENVIRONMENT


4.3.1.1 Drainage

As indicated in Chapter 3, the sub water shed where the project falls is drained by the Surda Nala and Kankuram Nala which are tributaries of the Subarnarekha river. The leasehold area is at the foot of an escarpment. The Surda nala flows through the lease-hold, while the Kankuram Nala flows just beyond the lease’s northern boundary. The project is an underground mining project, which hardly involves changes in the surface morphology. No surface streams have been diverted for the project neither there is any proposal to do so. The pre-mining surface drainage pattern has been maintained.

4.3.1.2 Surface water resources

The mine shall draw 1000 m3/day of water from Subarnarekha River for meeting part of its industrial and domestic water requirements. The remaining water requirement will be met by recycling mine discharge water.



Chapter-4 Page 123

4.3.1.3 Ground water resources

As indicated in Chapter 3 (Table 3.15) the ground water table varies from 3.6 m to 4.15 m below ground level (bgl) in the core zone and 2.34 m – 5.38 m bgl in the buffer zone during the post-monsoon season and 8.7 m to 9.24 m bgl in the core zone and 5.77 m – 9.43 m bgl in the buffer zone during the pre-monsoon season. Ground water table fluctuation varies from 4.95 m – 5.56 m in the core zone and 2.34 m – 5.38 m in the buffer zone (average 4.49 m).

Total annual Replenishable ground water recharge has been calculated for the watershed in which the mine is located. The following inputs have been considered (Table 4.4) while estimating TARR.

Table 4.4: Inputs for estimation of TARR Sl. No.

Factors Value

1 Annual rainfall (mm) 1278 mm 2 Infiltration coefficient 0.10 3 Watershed area (ha) 49.86 km2 4 Population in Watershed 20056 5 Per capita Water consumption rate at village 70 l

The groundwater estimation methodology GEC 1997 recognizes that the water table trend during pre-monsoon and post monsoon intervals in the command and non-command areas are in integral part of groundwater assessment. It is also stipulates that the two subunits of command and non-command areas within each groundwater assessment unit are to be categorized as safe, semi critical, critical (or) over exploited depending on both the stage of groundwater development and water table trend.

The buffer zone area of the study area is coming an around 395 km2 (it is arrived by taking 10 km buffer from the boundary of the lease area). The area of the sub-watershed is 49.86 Km2.Groundwater estimation of the buffer zone has been calculated by using GEC 1997 method. The calculations are as follows:

SL. No. Description Quantity Unit 1 Area of the buffer Zone 395.00 sq.km 2 Area of different litho-units and others occurring within the buffer zone

Basic igneous rocks 90.95 sq.km Soda granite and granophyre 3.84 sq.km Granite 12.66 sq.km Tertiary Gravels 2.34 sq.km Schist, Quartzite etc. 273.58 sq.km Soda Quartzite and granophyre 11.63 sq.km



Chapter-4 Page 124

SL. No. Description Quantity Unit TOTAL BUFFER ZONE AREA 395.00 sq.km

3 Sub-watershed Area 49.86 sq.km Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc. 39.16 sq.km Basic igneous rocks 10.70 sq.km

4 Area Suitable for recharge occupied by different litho units Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc. 39.16 sq.km Basic igneous rocks 10.70 sq.km

5 Specific Yield (As recommended by GEC 1997) Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc. 0.02 to 0.04 Basic igneous rocks 0.04 to 0.06

6 Rainfall infiltration factor (As Recommended by GEC 1997

Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc. 8.00 % Basic igneous rocks 14.00 %

7 Water Level fluctuation as observed during survey Average water level fluctuation in the sub watershed area

ASSESSMENT OF RECHARGE BASED ON WATER LEVEL FLACTUATION (WLF) METHOD 8 Recharge as estimated by WLF method

Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc.. (39.16*0.03*4.35) 5.11 MCM/Y Basic igneous rocks (10.7*0.05*4.35) 2.33 MCM/Y

9 Recharge from Rainfall during non monsoon

Normal non monsoon rainfall Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc.(39.16*0.0683*0.08) 0.21 MCM/Y Basic igneous rocks (10.7*0.0683*0.06) 0.04 MCM/Y

10 Total Recharge 7.69 MCM/Y ASSESSMENT OF RECHARGE BASED ON RAINFALL INFILTRATION (RIF) METHOD

11 Normal annual rainfall of the area 1278 mm (Difference between the annual rainfall 2011 and the normal annual rainfall in

only 6.5%

12 Recharge from litho units Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc. (39.17*1.278*0.08) 4.00 MCM/Y Basic igneous rocks (10.7*1.278*0.14) 1.91 MCM/Y

13 Non-monsoon recharge Schist, quartzite soda quartzite etc.(39.17*0.0683*0.08) 0.21 MCM/Y Basic igneous rocks (10.7*0.0683*0.14) 0.11 MCM/Y

14 Total recharge 6.23 MCM/Y **the difference between the recharge calculated by WLF and the recharge calculated by RIF is less

than 20%, recharge calculated by WLF has been taken into consideration

15 Net Groundwater Availability=gross recharge -natural and other loses (15%) 6.5365 MCM/Y



Chapter-4 Page 125

SL. No. Description Quantity Unit CALCULATION OF GROUNDWATER DRAFT

16 Annual draft excluding estimated draft through mine discharge Total population of the villages falling within the sub-watershed 20056 water consumption 70 lpcd

Draft=population*consumption*365 0.512 MCM/Y

17 Mine Discharge Draft

Estimated draft through mine discharges (500m3/day *365) 0.183 MCM/Y 18 Total Draft 0.695 MCM/Y 19 Net Available Groundwater for future use

Net Groundwater resources-Total draft (6.5365-0.565) 5.8415 MCM/Y 20 Stage of Groundwater development

Total groundwater draft/net groundwater resources availability*100 10.63 %

The above calculation shows that draft due to water discharge from the mine and drawal of water for meeting the mine’s requirements is about 10.6% of the total annual replenishable recharge and there will be no draft due to the mine. Hence no impact on water resources is expected.

4.3.1.4 Surface & Ground water quality

The project is an underground mine. All effluents are collected and used for meeting the industrial water requirements of the mine. Storm water is collected through garland drains and discharged after settling in settling pits.

Quality of surface water is shown in Tables 3.17.1, 3.17.2, 3.17.3 and 3.17.4 and there is no indication that the mine has affected surface or ground water quality. Thus mining and allied operations in the mine are not expected to alter the chemical characteristics of water.

4.3.2 Mitigation measures

Drainage arrangement

Drainage in the core zone has been regulated in a manner so that the pre-mining drainage pattern of the area is maintained. The storm water drainage system follows the natural contours facilitated by the fact that the mine has had no significant impact on the topography.

Water management (including storm water discharge) has been carried out through a network of garland drains and catch pits) salient features of the drainage management scheme are as follows:



Chapter-4 Page 126

• The overall drainage planning has been done in a manner such which follows the existing pre mining drainage routing to the extent possible, maintaining the overall slope in the direction of pre mining flow direction so that run off distribution is not affected.

• Garland drains shall be constructed on sides of the proposed new production shaft area. The garland drains shall be routed to a settling tank to settle out suspended solids in the storm water. The clarified water will be either used for industrial purposes or discharged to Surda Nala after necessary quality checks.

• Stone pitching has been made at suitable places to regulate water flow. • The settling tank and drains are cleaned periodically, especially during

monsoons. • Mining equipment and vehicles are washed in a designated area and the

effluents are routed through drains to a settling pit, which has oil & grease trap. The clarified effluents are used for industrial purposes in the mine.

Network of drains (garland drain and catch drains) will lead to a desilting pond. Water accumulated in the desilting pond will be used industrially in the mine.

Effluents from the canteen and rest areas are diverted through drains to plantation areas in the mine lease. Sanitary sewage generated in office area etc is treated in septic tanks and soak pit. Rain water harvesting is being implemented at ICC (Annexure 4.1).

Water Treatment

The mine discharge water will collect in the mine sumps which will act as settling ponds. Clarified water pumped out of the mine will be completely used up for meeting the mine’s industrial water requirements. No mine discharge water will be discharged.

Effluents from the vehicle washing area in the workshop (30 m3/d) may contain suspended solids and oil & grease. The water will be collected by garland drains and routed to settling pit with a oil & grease trap. The clarified water will be used for industrial purposes in the mine.

Effluents from the mine’s drinking water circuit (i.e. from canteens, mine workers rest rooms and pit head bath) will be channelised through drains to plantation areas. Township sewage is treated in septic tanks.

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT


In any under-ground mine, the sources of air pollution are:



Chapter-4 Page 127

• Fugitive dust generated during handling of ore and waste at the surface • Fugitive dust generated from haul roads • Dust and gases present in mine exhaust air

Fugitive dust is generated in underground mine due to drilling & blasting, handling of waste & ore, crushing of ore and operation of dumpers/trucks on haul roads. At Surda Mine, all underground machineries are powered either electrically or by compressed air. Therefore mine air contains only dusts.

At Surda mine, water is sprayed on the blasted ore and waste rock underground to suppress fugitive dust. While the waste rock is used underground for stowing, only the ore is brought to the surface. The ore when raised to the surface is still moist and there is hardly any fugitive dust generation during ore handling.

Dust emission from mining activity

The fugitive dust emissions have been estimated using the methodologies outlined in the AP-42 (USEPA) and National Pollutant Inventory (NPI) Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET) for Mining Version 2.3 (Jan. 2012) (Australia).

Only vehicle (wheel) generated dust has been considered. Other operations such as drilling, blasting and crushing have not been considered as the Surda Mine is an underground mine.

The contribution to dust emissions from vehicles traveling along paved roads has been estimated by considering the road conditions and the number of vehicles likely to ply from the proposed mine. The PM10 emission has been estimated to be 0.05 g/s as the haul road is a well maintained paved road without and sharp bends. Preliminary calculations indicated that the maximum increase in PM10 levels due to the increase road traffic will be about 4 µg/m3 and that too within a few metres of the road.

Thus operation of expanded Surda Mine will have no measurable impact on the ambient air quality.

4.4.2 Management measures

At Surda, the rocks are hard and have high specific gravity. Fugitive dust easily settles down. Nevertheless the following measures have been undertaken: • To control dust from drilling operations wet drilling is practiced. Also drill

speeds are regulated as per manufacturer’s guidelines.



Chapter-4 Page 128

• After blasting, water is sprayed to suppress fugitive dust. Water is also sprayed on the blasted material. This minimizes fugitive dust generation during ore handling at the underground grizzlies and at the surface (See Photos 4.a and 4.b).

• All roads within the mine lease are metalled roads and they are kept in good repair. Periodically water is sprinkled on these roads in amounts just sufficient to wet the surface.

Photo 4.a: Ore Handling at Underground Grizzly

Photo 4.b: Ore Handling Facility at Surface

• Ore is transported to the ore processing plant in trucks which are covered with tarpaulin sheets. Overloading of ore hauling trucks is not allowed by necessary administrative measures. Tailings from the ore processing plant are used as stowing material. The tailings too are transported in trucks which are covered with tarpaulin sheets (See Photo 4.c).



Chapter-4 Page 129

Photo 4c: Stowing Material Transportation by Covered Truck

• All personnel working underground and at material handling areas on the surface are issued dust masks. Wearing of dust masks is strictly enforced for personnel engaged in drilling.

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT


The existing noise level in the core zone, as measured is ~52 dB (A) during day time and ~41 dB(A) at night during Post monsoon 2014.

Noise levels may increase marginally in core zone and some buffer zone villages due to proposed increased handling of ore. Noise levels at the surface work zones were also measured and found to be well below 90 dB(A) for 8 hours exposure. In the underground work zones, due to operation of machines in confined spaces, noise levels at times may exceed 90 dB(A). In the expanded mine the personal exposure shall be less than 90 dB (A) because workers working in such noisy areas shall wear personal noise protection equipment (ear muffs and ear plugs). Work zone noise level at the surface is expected to increase marginally due to increased handling and transportation of ore. Measures suggested below shall reduce the noise level.

4.5.2 Mitigation measures

Noise exposure level shall be maintained below 90 dB (A) in work zone (for 8 hours exposure). The following measures will be taken to reduce noise levels.

• The crusher has independent block foundation isolated from other supporting structure. Crusher internal elements are covered by casing to reduce transmission of impact noise.



Chapter-4 Page 130

• Exhaust ventilation fan for the underground mine is a major source of noise. Along with discrete frequency noise broad band noise will also get generated due to flow vortices in fluid mixing zone and eddy formation. During normal operation fan balancing, bearing lubrication, fastener tightness shall be regularly checked to limit undue noise and vibration. To reduce broad band noise at fan outlet dissipative type silencer shall be provided to limit the noise within acceptable limits.

• Drill machine operators, dumper drivers, crusher operators, pump operators have been issued earmuffs. Wearing personal protective equipment is compulsory and the Safety Department carries out regular inspections to this effect. Duty hours of operators of noisy machinery (such as the under-ground crusher, LHD, etc) are regulated to keep their noise exposure levels within limits.

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT


As already indicated, 149.03 ha (38.34%) of the lease area is forest land. However, only 31.07 ha of forest area has been utilised for setting up of various facilities of the mine. There is no proposal to utilise additional forest land under the proposed expansion programme i.e. the status quo of the 117.96 ha untilised forest land shall remain unchanged. The vegetation of the unutilized forest land in the lease area is dominated by Sal, most of which appear to be of secondary origin. This forest land has been preserved. Even within the utilised forest area, some of the original flora have been preserved or have regenerated (see following photographs).

Photo 4d: Preserved Natural Vegetation in Mine Close to Shaft 3



Chapter-4 Page 131

Photo 4e: Preserved Natural Vegetation in Mine Area

As regards impact on wildlife is concerned, the wild life in the core zone and its vicinity are confined to common small species, found on the outskirts of villages in most parts of India. Some animals may have been displaced initially by the project. Those that remained have become habituated to the project’s activities. Since, most additional activities of the expanded mine will be confined to deep underground, it is unlikely that the resident fauna will be affected.

The strong light in the project premises during night may cause disturbances to the fauna in the nearby areas. It has been planned that all the light posts erected along the mine and township boundaries will face inwards and down wards (with reflectors facing the mine area and downwards), so that the light does not spread outside the project boundaries.

4.6.2 Mitigation Measures

Of the 149.043 ha Forest Land in the mine lease area only 31.07 ha has been utilised. 18.79 ha of green belt and plantations had been developed within the mine lease during the 1990s and earlier (Photo 4f). However many of these plantation areas are in poor state.



Chapter-4 Page 132

Photo 4f: Old Plantation in Surda Mine Lease

Under the proposed expansion programme, the gaps in these plantation areas will be filled. It is estimated that the average requirement of saplings will be about 500 per ha i.e. 9400 saplings will be planted. In addition, the top soil storage area and mineral storage area shall be biologically reclaimed. Saplings will be planted @ 1600 on the top soil storage area and mineral storage area. Casualties will be replaced at the appropriate time.

Requirement of saplings are indicated in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Requirement of Saplings for afforestation / Reclamation

Year

Un-worked area & green belt Outside dump Total

Area (ha) Trees

Area (ha) Trees

Area (ha) Trees

Existing - 5th year 18.79 9400 2.94 4700 21.73 14100 5th - Conceptual - - 10.34 9300 10.34 9300

Total 18.790 9400 13.28 14000 32.07 23,400

Plant species suitable for plantation should not only be able to flourish in the area but must also have rapid growth rate, evergreen habit, large crown volume and small / pendulous leaves with smooth surfaces. All these traits are difficult to get in a single species. Therefore a combination of these is sought while selecting trees for green belt / vegetation cover. The green belt should be planted close to the source or to the area to be protected to optimize the attenuation within physical limitations.

Plantation will serve the following purposes: • Compensate the damage to vegetation due to setting up and operation

of the mine • Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due to mining and allied

activities



Chapter-4 Page 133

• Attenuate noise generated by the mine. • Help stabilize the slope of the external waste rock dump. • Increases green cover and improve aesthetics. • Attract animals to re-colonise the area when the mine is abandoned.

Plantation in Existing Plantation Areas and Top Soil Storage Area

Saplings will be planted in pits at about 2.5 m intervals so that the tree density is about 1600 trees per ha. The pits will be filled with a mixture of good quality soil and organic manure (cow dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste). Since, tests have shown that availability of phosphorus, a limiting nutrient, is low, phosphoric fertilizers will also be added. The saplings will be planted just after the commencement of the monsoons to ensure maximum survival. The species selected for plantation must be locally growing varieties with fast growth rate and ability to flourish even in poor quality soils. The species for green belt development will be selected in consultation with the State Forest Department. The saplings will also be sourced from the nearby nurseries (at Rakha and Kandra) of the State Forest Department. The following species will be planted:

Albizzia lebbeck (Siris) Azadirachta indica (Neem) Shorea robusta (Sal) Leucaena leucocephala (Subabool) Dalbergia sisoo (Sisham) Bombax ceiba (Semal) Terminalia belirica (Baheda) Embelica officinalis (Amla)

Ficus religiosa (Peepal) Ficus bengalensis (Banyan) Madhuca indica (Mahua) Terminalia chebula (Harra) Syzygium cuminii (Jamun) Terminalia arjuna (Arjun) Zizyphus spp., (Ber) Bauhinia spp. (Kachnar)

Post Plantation Care

Immediately after planting the seedlings, watering will be done. Further watering will depend on the rainfall. In the dry seasons watering will be regularly done especially during March to June. Watering of one year old saplings will be more frequent (at least thrice a week). Manuring will be done using organic manure (animal dung, agricultural waste, kitchen waste, etc.). Younger saplings will be surrounded with tree guards. Diseased and dead plants will be uprooted and destroyed and replaced by fresh saplings. Growth / health and survival rate of saplings will be regularly monitored and remedial actions will be undertaken as required.

Due to mining and allied activities, the only animals found in the core zone are few rodents, reptiles and birds. Large mammals (listed in chapter 3: Table 3.42) are found in forests in the buffer zone only.



Chapter-4 Page 134

4.7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH

4.7.1 Anticipated impacts

The work place is divided in terms of activities e.g. drilling & blasting, loading, unloading, crushing, screening etc. The principal occupational risks in underground mines are:

• Roof fall • Inundation • Accidents during blasting • Diseases due to dust inhalation • Hearing loss • Accidents involving HEMMs • Accidents involving electrical installations, including fire • Accidents in crusher, loading area. • Accidents involving fall from height

Category wise deployment of workers in hazardous areas is as follows:

Table 4.6: Category wise deployment of workers Sl. No.

Hazardous Operation

No. of workers engaged

Maximum duration engaged

1 Drilling 220 5 hrs 2 Blasting 73 3 hrs 3 Mucking 62 6 hrs 4 Tramming 189 6 hrs 5 Roof Dressing 77 6 hrs

Accident statistics, job-wise accident analysis cause-wise and part of body-wise accident analysis up to 2012 are given in Tables 4.7, 4.8, 4.9 and 4.10 respectively.

Table 4.7: Year-wise Accident Statistics Sl. No. Particulars 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012

1. Fatal Accident Nil 1 1 Nil Nil Nil 2. Serious Accident Nil 2 5 2 2 2 3. Reportable Accident 1 5 Nil Nil Nil Nil 4. Total Accident 1 8 6 2 2 2 5. Total Man days Lost 9 6109 6088 165 203 232 6. Total Man days Worked 303557 2671037 3177748 3210582 3589493 3605792 7. Frequency Rate 0.41 0.37 0.23 0.077 0.06 0.069 8. Severity Rate 3.7 285.89 239.47 6.42 7.06 8.04 9. Injury index 0.001 0.105 0.05 0.00049 0.00042 0.00055 10. Avg. days charged / Accident 9.02 772.67 1041.17 83.37 117.66 116.52



Chapter-4 Page 135

Table 4.8: Job-wise Accident Analysis Sl. No.

Job 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man

days lost

Injuries Man days lost




1. Drilling 1 3 1 15 -- -- -- -- 1 22 2. Tramming 1 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3. Supporting -- -- 1 6000 -- -- 1 52 -- --

4. Shaft Maintenance -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

5. Electrical 2 6054 1 19 -- -- -- -- 1 210 6. Pipe Fitting 2 32 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 7. Supervision 1 7 -- -- 1 131 -- -- -- --

8. Material shifting -- -- -- -- 1 34 -- -- -- --

9. Line Loader Operation -- -- 1 13 -- -- 1 151 -- --

10. Loco Operation 1 7 1 38 -- -- -- -- -- --

11. Man winding by Skip -- -- 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- --

Total 8 6109 6 6088 2 165 2 203 2 232 Table 4.9: Cause-wise Accident Analysis

Sl. No.

Cause 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man

days lost





1. Fall of persons from Height

-- -- -- -- -- -- 1 52 1 210

2. Fall of person on Same Ground

-- -- -- -- 1 34 -- -- -- --

3. Struck By 4 42 4 6066 -- -- -- -- -- ---

4. Struck Against -- -- 1 3 -- -- -- -- 1 22

5. Caught in Between 2 13 -- -- 1 131 1 151 -- --

6. Sudden Flash of Electric

2 6054 1 19 -- -- -- -- -- --

Total 8 6109 6 6088 2 165 2 203 2 232



Chapter-4 Page 136

Table 4.10: Cause-wise Accident Analysis Sl. No.

Body Part

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 Injuries Man

days lost





1. Hand 1 16 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

2. Upper Arm 2 14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 22

3. Wrist -- -- 2 16 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4. Finger 2 9 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 5. Hip -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 151 -- -- 6. Thigh -- -- -- -- 1 34 -- -- -- -- 7. Foot 1 16 2 53 1 131 -- -- -- -- 8. Burn 2 6054 1 19 -- -- -- -- -- -- 9. Knee -- -- --- -- -- -- 1 52 -- -- 10. Leg -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 210

11. Multiple Parts -- -- 1 6000 -- -- -- -- -- --

Total 8 6109 6 6088 2 165 2 203 2 232

4.7.2 Management measures

Rules and Safety guidelines as issued by Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) through various circulars are being followed.

Risk assessment is carried out in the mine on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk ratings and controls and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

Assessed risks and steps for prevention and control of loss / damage due to accidents are communicated to employees through hoardings, boards, posters and internal company communications.

Health impact assessment is carried out through:

• Surveillance of the factors in work zones and work practices, which may affect workers’ health.

• Periodical medical examination. 20% of the workers undergo a medical examination every year in order to detect the onset of any work related disability / disorder / illness.

At the mine site there is a First Aid Centre located at the surface. There is also one First Aid Centre located at each working level underground. These are always manned. An ambulance is always available for casualty evacuation at the mine. All Blasters, Mining Mates, Foremen, 2nd Class Mines Managers and 1st Class Mines Manager have been trained in 1st Aid.



Chapter-4 Page 137

HCL has a well equipped 80 bedded hospital located close to the company’s Moubhandar Works. The hospital has 9 doctors including one dentist and 52 other medical staff. The hospital is operational round the clock. After 1st Aid, serious casualties are evacuated to HCL’s Moubhandar Works Hospital. If required, the patients are referred to Tata Main Hospital (TMH) at Jamshedpur, about 40 km away. HCL’s hospital has a special Burn Unit to treat burn cases. Head injury cases are usually referred to TMH for further investigation and treatment. The hospital has three ambulances on call round the clock.

Photo 4.g: First Aid Centre at Surface

Presently, occupational safety and health surveillance of the mine’s workforce is being undertaken by HCL’s Moubhandar Works Hospital. Three of the doctors at the hospital have been made responsible for occupational health surveillance. All of them have been sent for attending training workshops on occupational safety and health.

All workers undergo a Pre-employment Medical Examination followed by a Periodical Medical Examination (PME) once every 5 years; for workers older than 45 years, the PME is carried out once in three years. The tests which are carried out are:

1. General Physical Examination 2. Chest X-ray 3. ECG 4. Eye tests (Activity tests – Power, Colour blindness etc.) 5. Hearing tests with tuning fork (Audiometer being procured) 6. Detailed blood examination including blood sugar, blood urea, serum

creatinine. 7. Urine examination.



Chapter-4 Page 138

Presently lung function tests are outsourced. However the necessary equipment is under procurement.

Suspected cases of Pneumoconiosis are referred to specialists at Jamshedpur.

Once a worker’s medical file is opened, it is never closed. At present there is no protocol for disposing off old medical records.

The resources of Moubhandar Works Hospital are being augmented keeping in view keeping in view HCL’s proposed expansion programme. Possibilities of imparting specialized 3-months’ training in occupational safety and health to HCL’s doctors at Regional Labour Institute, Kolkata are being explored. The results of PME during 2008 and 2009 are as follows:

Table 4.11: Results of Periodical Medical Examination Year No of Employees

Tested Findings

2008 250 10 cases of hypertension & 2 cases of Diabetes Mellitus. No other cases.

2009 180 12 cases of hypertension & 2 cases of Diabetes Mellitus. No other cases.

The annual financial outlays for environmental and occupational health activities are given in Table 4.12:

Table 4.12: Annual Budget for Occupational Health Activities Head Annual Budget (Rs. in Lakhs)

Safety Appliances 36 Pollution Control 05 Periodic Medical Examination 05 Medical benefits for retired employees NIL

All new recruits are given basic training on safety before being actually deployed in the mines. Air quality, water quality and noise levels may affect the workers’ health. Therefore these attributes are monitored regularly. The effects of these environmental attributes on the workers health are communicated to the workers through awareness programmes. Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the mine’s Safety Officer and the Medical Officer.

The Safety Officer is responsible for the purchase and issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, safety belts, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. taking employee strength into consideration and distributed to both company employees and contractors’ employees. Safety boots are issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement.



Chapter-4 Page 139

If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipments are issued.

Even after the mine’s closure, if any worker is diagnosed with a disease resulting from exposure to hazards while working at the mine, he will be compensated as per prevailing company rules. A pit safety committee (PSC) has been constituted under Mines Rules 1955 is given below:

• Rule 29T Safety Committee: For every mine wherein more than 100 persons are ordinarily employed, the owner, agent or manager shall constitute a Safety Committee for promoting Safety in the mine: Provided that the Chief Inspector or an Inspector may by a general or special order in writing require the owner, agent or manager of any group of specified mines or of all mines in a specified area to constitute a group Safety Committee in such manner and subject to such conditions as he may specify in the order.

• Rule 29U Composition of Safety Committee: The Safety Committee shall consist of :- (a) The Manager who shall be the Chairman ; (b) Five officials or competent persons of the mine nominated by the Chairman ; (c) Five workmen nominated by the workmen of the mine in accordance with the

procedure prescribed in clause (a) of sub-rule(1) of rule 29Q for nomination of Workmen’s Inspector;

(d) Workmen’s Inspector where so designated; and (e) The Safety Officer, or where there is no Safety Officer, the senior most mine

official next to the manager, who shall act as Secretary to the Committee; Provided that any other official, competent person or work person may be co-opted by the Chairman as a member of the Committee on any day or days of the meeting, if considered necessary.

• Rule 29V. Functions of Safety Committee - The functions of the Committee shall be- (1) To discuss remedial measures against the unsafe conditions and practices in

the mine as pointed out in the reports of Workmen’s Inspector or otherwise brought to the notice of the Committee and make appropriate recommendations;

(2) To consider, before commencement of operations in any new district of mine or commissioning of new electrical or mechanical installation or introduction of new mining technique, the proposed Safety and health measures including related codes of practice and to make appropriate recommendations;

(3) To discuss the report of inquiry into accident and make appropriate recommendations;



Chapter-4 Page 140

(4) To formulate and implement appropriate Safety campaign based on analysis of accidents;

(5) To meet at least once in 30 days to consider the matter placed before it and any other matter that may be raised by the members and make such recommendations as it may deem fit; and

(6) To serve as a forum for communication on Safety and occupational health matters.

• Rule 29W Implementation of recommendations of the Safety Committee: The owner, agent or manager shall, within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the recommendations of the Safety Committee, shall indicate to the secretary to the Safety Committee, the action taken to implement the recommendations.]

Training on occupational safety and health is imparted by the mine’s Safety Officer, the Medical Officer and the external Occupational Health Physician & Consultant.

The occupational diseases which can occur among the mine’s workers are • Silicosis due to dust inhalation • Hearing loss due excessive noise

The chances of silicosis due to dust inhalation have been minimized by effective dust suppression in underground work areas. The partially crushed ore is still moist when brought to the surface thereby reducing fugitive dust generation during ore handling. Wearing of dust masks is mandatory for workers engaged in drilling to minimize dust inhalation and wet drilling is carried out in the mine. The chances of hearing loss are very less as blasting and related operations, which produce maximum noise are carried out only after ensuring that all workers are at a safe distance from the blasting site.

The Occupational Health and Safety Medical Officer is responsible for early identification of onset of occupational diseases and recommend necessary remedial action to prevent further damage. HCL pays for all medical tests (PME) and treatment of non-occupational diseases, from which the workers are suffering as per prevailing rules and regulations of Govt. of Jharkhand.

In case of health impairment due to illness or injury suffered at work place, HCL will compensate the affected worker(s). The amount of compensation to be paid will be calculated in accordance with the applicable formula given in the Workmen’s Compensation Act.

As mentioned earlier, all new recruits undergo an initial medical examination and the findings are recorded in the concerned worker’s medical file. Every 5 years the workers undergo a PME and the results of the same are recorded in their respective



Chapter-4 Page 141

medical files. All workers’ medical files are maintained for the entire duration of their service in the company and even beyond.

The Safety Officer is responsible for the purchase and issue of all personal protective equipment (PPE) e.g. shoes, helmets, various types of gloves, aprons, dust respirators, ear plugs, goggles etc. taking employee strength into consideration and distributed to both company employees and contractors’ employees. Safety boots are issued every 6 months, helmets every 3 years and other PPEs as per requirement. If any PPEs are damaged before their scheduled replacement, fresh equipments are issued. Even after the mine’s closure, if any worker is diagnosed with a disease resulting from exposure to hazards while working at the mine, he will be compensated as per prevailing company rules. The roles and responsibilities of HCL personnel in matters safety is as follows:

4.8 SOIL & AGRICULTURE

121.78 ha of private land have been leased for setting up the project. However none of it has been utilised so far, nor there is any proposal to do so in the proposed expansion programme. The proposed expansion project does not envisage any leasing or acquisition of additional land.

The agricultural sector has been benefited as farmers have found a local market for their produce to cater to the needs of the project’s work-force. Some of the local farmers’ family members have been employed in the project and they invest some of their additional income in agriculture. It is also most likely that some members of farmers’ families will find employment in the proposed expansion project, which will benefit the agricultural scenario.

Director (Mining)

Workman Inspector

General Manager (ICC)

Chief Safety Officer Mine Manager

Chairman cum Managing Director

Chapter 5: Additional Studies



Chapter-5 Page 142

5.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

5.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

5.1.1 During Field Study

Peoples' perception regarding the project is an important issue. To this end, an opinion poll was conducted as part of field survey. The results of this poll are furnished in Table 5.1. It is observed that about 64% of the respondents are optimistic about the project because of the employment opportunities. 32.1% of them are apprehensive about pollution. 1.9% each has apprehensive about destruction of forests and damage to roads due to expansion of the mine and increased mineral transportation.

Table 5.1: Peoples’ Perception Regarding the Project Sl. No. Perception No. of respondents

A ADVANTAGES 1. More employment opportunities 34 (64.2) B. DISADVANTAGES 1. Pollution 17 (32.1) 2. Destruction of forests 1 (1.9) 3 Damage to roads 1 (1.9)

Figures in ( ) indicate % in total number of respondents

5.1.2 During Environmental Public Hearing

The Environmental Public Hearing (EPH) for the project was held on 15th December, 2015 at the Vocational Training Centre, Surda Mine, Mosabani Block, East Singhbhum District. The notices for the EPH had been published in “The Time of India, Ranchi edition” (English) on 14th Nov., 2015 and in “Hindustan, Jamshedpur edition” (Hindi) on 14th Nov., 2015. Copies of the Draft EIA/EMP Report and the Executive Summary of the same in English as well as in Hindi were also sent to following authorities / offices to make them available for inspection to the public during normal office hours, till the public hearing was over:

• Office of the Deputy Commissioned, East Singhbhum District • District Industry Centre, East Singhbhum District • Office of the Zilla Parishad, East Singhbhum District • Head Office, Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (at Ranchi) • Regional Office of Jharkhand State Pollution Control Board (at Adityapur,

Jamshedpur) • Regional Office of Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (at

Bhubaneshwar) • Concerned Panchayat Office (at Surda)



Chapter-5 Page 143

• Office of the concerned Block Development Officer (at Mosabani)

The EPH was presided over by Shri B.K. Munda, ADM, East Singhbhum District. He was assisted by Shri R.N. Choudhry, Regional Officer, JSPCB, Jamshedpur and Shri S.K. Shrivastav, Scientific Assistant, JSPCB, Ranchi (see Photo 5.a).

Photo 5.1: Shri B.K. Munda (2nd From Right) Presiding over the EPH

The EPH was attended by 560 (five hundred and sixty) members of the public.

An audio-visual presentation was made by Shri D.K. Choudhury, General manager (Mines), HCL giving the introduction about the project, its technical details, impacts of the project and measures to mitigate the likely adverse impacts, the proposed environment monitoring & management system and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities undertaken by HCL in nearby villages. The forum was kept open for the public to raise any issue / suggestion / objection, if any. A series of issues were raised both orally as well as in writing.

11 (eleven) questions were raised by eleven different members of the public belonging to the study area. In addition 3 (three) written representations were submitted by individual members of the public, associations and Non-Government Organizations (NGOs).

The querries covered pollution from the mine as well as the tailings pond of the beneficiation plant where the ore from the mine is beneficiated, employment of local villagers, especially members of backward tribes and women, extension of free medical treatment facilities to former HCL



Chapter-5 Page 144

employees still residing in the area and local villagers, revision of wages of workers employed at the mine, construction of new roads & repair of existing roads etc.

The answers to the oral questions were furnished by HCL’s representatives on the spot. As regards the written submissions, HCL submitted written replies to JSPCB for forwarding to the individuals / organizations who had raised the querries.

HCL informed the public that no water is being discharged to the outside from the mine. The entire quantity of water being pumped out of the mine is recycled within the mine itself. The water coming out of the tailings is collected and recycled back to the processing plant. HCL assured that Corporate Social Responsibility activities would be undertaken in nearby villages. Hand pumps would be installed, health-camps would be held , skill development training would be imparted, and improvements to health care and drinking water supply infrastructure would be made. HCL assured the audience that members of primitive tribes would be given proper representation. Ladies would also be given employment. HCL would also consider increasing wages of labourers. As regards wages of contractors’ workers, HCL assured to talk to the contractors and increase workers’ wages. HCL assured the audience that in future problems would resolved by discussing the matter together.

5.2 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

As discussed in chapter 3 (under clause 3.8) a socio-economic survey was undertaken in the study area. Sample size, data etc have been presented in chapter 3. Survey was conducted on Composition and size of family, educational status, homestead, information on agricultural situation (holding size, Land use, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.), employment (sources of employment), income (income from various sources, information on family budget, Consumption and saving, family asset base and respondents' perception about the project.

Analysis of various aspects of the study amply reveals that the proposed expansion activities are not going to create considerable impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. There will be no displacement of population for the project. Item-wise predicted impacts are given below:

5.2.1 Impact on Agricultural Situation

Overall assessment of the agricultural situation leads to the conclusion that the project will help agriculture by higher investment out of the income to be generated



Chapter-5 Page 145

from supplementary sources (i.e., non-farm sources) due to the project. Hence, the project is likely to have beneficial impacts of the project on agriculture situation.

5.2.2 Impact on Pattern of demand

With the implementation of the project and further development of the locality new type of demand pattern may emerge which is likely to place more importance on modern consumer goods and quality products. Hence, the impact of the project on the pattern of demand can be reasonably predicted as a shift from food to non-food items i.e., a consumer behaviour which may closely follow the Engel law. This is not a bad indication provided considerable income is earned by them; otherwise, if the shift is a substitution of necessary food requirements then it is not desirable in true socio-economic sense.

5.2.3 Employment and Income effect

As mentioned in Chapter 2 (Clause 2.11), at present the mine employs 903 persons, which will be increased to 1500 persons in the expansion phase. It may be noted that the most of the mine workers are local people. Increased production at the mine is likely to increase the employees’ income by way of increased productivity linked variable pay. Besides direct employment, mine expansion shall generate substantial indirect employment. The indirect employment and income effects are much larger than the direct effects of the project.

Overall assessment of the employment and income effects indicates that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact on employment and income generation.

5.2.4 Consumption Behaviour

To investigate the consumption behaviour of the respondents in detail, Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) is calculated by fitting the consumption function. The results of the regression analysis performed for fitting the consumption function are presented in Table 5.2 It is observed that the function gave uniformly good fit to data because R2 is high (0.95%) and parameters are also found to be statistically significant at 1% level. The MPC worked out on the basis of the fitted consumption function is 0.70.

Table 5.2 : Fitted Consumption Function Form of the fit Regression parameters

a B R2 Cj = a + b Yj + U

Where, Cj = Consumption of the jth respondent Yj = Gross income of the jth respondent

1941.43 0.7244

(26.60)*

0.9439

Figures in ( ) indicate t-values * Significant at 1% level



Chapter-5 Page 146

Effort is taken here to work out the multiplier effect of investment on the people of the study area. The calculations are done using the following model:

Considering that the consumption behaviour of the respondents closely follow the following type of consumption function :

C = a + bY (1)

In equilibrium,

Y = C + I

(2) Where, Y = Gross income, C = Consumption and I = Investment Putting (1) in (2), Y = a + bY + I => Y = ( 1 / (1-b) * [ a +I ] (3) Where, 1 / (1-b) is the multiplier.

Assuming that consumption behaviour of the people in the study area closely follow this fitted consumption function, one can easily see that existing size of the multiplier is 3.6. Hence, investment on this project and the consequent generation of additional income will have strong multiplier effect in raising average consumption.

The proposed project is going to have positive income effect and consequently, the multiplier effect is expected to lead to an overall increase in average consumption of the people of the study area. Therefore, one can conclude that the impact of the project on consumption behaviour of the local people is likely to be satisfactory and positive.

HCL has undertaken the following socio-economic measures for the socio economic upliftment of the nearby villagers.



Chapter-5 Page 147

Table 5.3: CSR activities by ICC in nearby villages (2012-13)

Activity Description of activity

Numbers of Beneficiaries covered (families, UG, SHGs, or individuals) Villages covered Expenditure

(Rs. in Lakhs)

Livelihood

SRI Method of paddy cultivation

119 farmers among 7 user groups adopted SRI method and got more than 2 times yield than traditional methods

Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Mosabani (Locoline) under Mosabani Block, Kitadih & Bhadudih village of Ghatsila Block

2.13

Dona pata making unit

47 women beneficiaries among 3 SHGs engaged in Dona patta making

Roam, Chapri & Surda (Tambajuri & Somaidih) village under Mosabani Block 3.17

Handloom Weaving unit

One unit at Terenga village. 30 women engaged in Handllom weaving & received employment opportunity.

Terenga village under Mosabani Block 4.28

Vermi compost unit 41 units set up.82 beneficiaries among 6 user groups engaged in Vermi compost production. They are using in their own cultivable land.

Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Mosabani (Locoline) under Mosabani Block, Kitadih, Bhadudih village of Ghatsila Block

4.88

Bee keeping unit 115 women beneficiaries engaged as a part of their income generation


4.45

Skill development training

Vocational training for Rural youths (Male & Female) through skill certification Agency

105 rural unemployed youth trained on job orientation training program. Out of above 68 youths are placed in Retail sector, Hospitality Management & ITES Mgmt.


8.22



Chapter-5 Page 148



(Rs. in Lakhs)

Handloom Weaving training

30 women beneficiaries continuing training on handloom weaving on different graphics under the guidance of experts engaged through Bharat Sevashram Sangh, Dabanki


Training on SRI, Bee keeping & Vermi compost training

56 batches training completed among 17 User groups on Bee keeping, SRI method of Paddy cultivation, Vegetable cultivation, Vermi compost production & its use etc. through Krishi Bigyan Kendra, Darisahi & other agencies from Ranchi.

Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Mosabani (Locoline) under Mosabani Block Kitadih, Bhadudih village of Ghatsila Block

1.61

Women & youth Empowerment

Strengthening & capacity building of SHGs & user groups

63 batches training conducted among 34 SHGs on strengthening & capacity buildings. 24 User groups trained on maintenance of Prototype drinking water structures, Solar street light, Bee boxes, user drum etc.


1.93

Exposure to various fields

7 batches exposure visit completed among farmers &SHG members in different development sites in Ramgarh, Ranchi & Dabanki


1.59

Sports/tournaments 4 Sports tournaments among 32 youth team in around of Ghatsila & Mosabani organized with distribution of sports materials.


1.40



Chapter-5 Page 149



(Rs. in Lakhs)

Health & sanitation

Rural medical camp 2657 nos. patients treated under Mobile Medical Unit (MMU) at village Health camps. Medicines were supplied free of cost.


1.98

Eye/dental camp

172 nos. patients were identified having eye problems from 4 Eye screening camps. Cataract operations were done at Purnima Netralaya, Jamshedpur & 108 cases re-gain their vision after successful operation.


1.94

Veterinary camp 5855 domestic animals treated with medicines & vaccination through 24 vets. Camps.786 beneficiaries of the project villages were benefited.


2.15

Health awareness camp

6 health awareness camps organised for sanitation practices with prevention of water borne diseases.

Surda, Kendadih, Terenga village under Mosabani Block 0.32

Support for household latrine

Construction support provided to 170 nos. of household latrines. 170 families benefited. Kendadih village under Mosabani Block 28.39

Safe Drinking water

Drinking water/ water supply structure

Provided drinking water facilities at the village sites as per request of the Community people. 425 families benefited.


25.20

Repairing of Hand pump/ Tube wells

Repaired the defective Hand pumps/ tube wells as per request of the Community people 200 families benefited.

Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Mosabani (Locoline) under Mosabani Block, Kitadih, Bhadudih village of Ghatsila

0.40



Chapter-5 Page 150



(Rs. in Lakhs) Block

Supply of water filter to Anganwadi centers

239 students were benefited in the 22 Anganwadi centers & got the provision of safe drinking water.


0.26

Education Skill improvement of Backward & Dropout children

256 girl child improved their skill through Reading Skill Centers. 13 rural women engaged as part time time tutor


2.25

Water Recharging

Rain water harvesting structure

Hydrological study for 4 nos. Rain water Harvesting Structures completed through M/s CIMFR, Dhanbad & construction of structures is in progress.

Roam, Chapri, Kendadih, Surda village under Mosabani Block 21.35

Deepening of Existing pond

30 farmers directly & 50 farmers indirectly benefited for their irrigation purposes after deepening of pond. Kumirmuri village of Mosabani block 2.25

Soak pits near bore well

16 nos. soak pits constructed nearby bore well /tube well for Water conservation/ recharge.


2.03



Chapter-5 Page 151



(Rs. in Lakhs)

Solar Energy

Provision of solar light

9 nos. Solar street light (LED based) installed in project villages as per request of the Community people. Above 250 families benefited.


3.36

Solar Lanterns for Rural PTG & ST communities Converted to other development activities in nearby villages as per request of SDO, Ghatsila 3.24

Agriculture

Maintenance of Plantation

10000 saplings planted at Surda site & River side Moubhandar under the guidance of Range officer, Ghatsila Regular maintenance is in progress.

Surda village under Mosabani Block 1.40

Ginger & Turmeric cultivation

50 farmers cultivated Ginger & Turmeric in their waste land & get handful income convergence with National Horticulture Mission (NHM). Seeds received & supplied to beneficiaries through NHM.


0.90

Organic Farming

132 famers got nutritional supplements through kitchen gardening (vegetable cultivation) in organic process & used vermi compost rather than chemical fertilisers.

Chapri & Terenga villages under Mosabani Block 0.64

Infrastructure Development

Boundary wall at CSR Community Centre

Construction of Boundary wall near CSR Community Centre building for Community program purposes.

Adjoining Bhadudih village under Ghatsila block 6.37



Chapter-5 Page 152



(Rs. in Lakhs)

Renovation of Hindi high school, Chapri Strength of Boys & Girls students increased Chapri village under Mosabani block 4.18

Renovation of Malti Mardi School, Roam Strength of Boys & Girls students increased Roam village under Mosabani block 5.63

Contingency For emergency need during project period

1. One Tasar thread reeling unit at surda village. 2. Program for disabled person as per advice of

State Govt. officials at Moubhandar. 3. Participated in Tribal Akra Program cum Exhibition

organized at Central University, Ranchi. 4. Furniture provided to BDSL women's college

Library Ghatsila. 5. Organized Yoga classes for rural community

people at Moubhandar.

Activities undertaken as per requirement from time to time under CSR program. 4.69

Environment Observation of World Env. day

Installation of Hoarding & Bus campaign during World Environment Day -2013 Between Ghatsila & Jamshedpur 6.96

Total 160.55



Chapter-5 Page 153




(Rs. in Lakhs)

Livelihood

SRI Method of green gram cultivation

26 farmers among 2 user groups adopted green gram cultivation and yielded more than 2 times than traditional methods

Matigora, Chapri and Roaym under Mosabani block. 0.97

Promotion of Seed driller, Bio-power, cryphos integrated cropping

39 farmers beneficiaries were provided disease free seeds, seed driller, Bio-power, cryphos etc. for promoting integrated cropping

Matigora, Chapri and Royam under Mosabani block. 0.96

Pisci-culture & duckery unit (SHG)

55 women beneficiaries among 4 SHGs engaged in Dona patta making

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Benasole, Sohda, Jamsole, Rangamatia, Tambajuri, Surda village under Mosabani Block and Kitadih & Bhadudih village under Ghatsila Block

0.62

Handloom Weaving unit(existing)

One unit at Terenga village. 28 women engaged in Handloom weaving & received employment opportunity.


Handloom weaving unit (New)

One unit at Terenga village. 22 women engaged in Handloom weaving & received employment opportunity.

Matigora village under Mosabani Block 2.98

Hand gloves making unit

53 women engaged in Hand gloves making unit & received employment opportunity. Matigora & Kendadih village under Mosabani Block 1.04



Chapter-5 Page 154



(Rs. in Lakhs)

Skill development training

Vocational training for Rural youths (Male & Female) through skill certification Agency

75 rural unemployed youth trained on job oriented training program. Out of above 62 youths are placed in Fitter sector & 13 youth are placed in Retail sector.

Matigora, Kendadih, , Surda, Benasole, Sohda, Jamsole, Tambajuri village under Mosabani Block & Kitadih village of Ghatsila Block

5.25

Health & sanitation

Rural medical camp 2686 nos. patients treated under Mobile Medical Unit (MMU) at village Health camps. Medicines were supplied free of cost.

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri,Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Benasole, Sohda, Jamsole, Rangamatia, Tambajuri village under Mosabani Block & Kitadih & Bhadudih village of Ghatsila Block

1.24

Eye/dental camp

82 nos. patients were identified having eye problems from 2 Eye screening camps. Cataract operations were done at Purnima Netralaya, Jamshedpur & 82 cases re-gain their vision after successful operation.


1.78

Veterinary camp

20990 domestic animals treated with medicines & vaccination through 26 vets. Camps. 824 beneficiaries of the project villages were benefited.


1.90

Support for household latrine

Construction support provided to 52 nos of household latrines. 52 families benefited. Kendadih village under Mosabani Block 9.34



Chapter-5 Page 155



(Rs. in Lakhs)

E- health centre, surda

E- health Telemedicine Centre set up at Surda village in association with Asia Heart Foundation Trust of their local unit NH Brahmanand Narayana Multispecialty Hospital, Jamshedpur and HP.

Surda village under Mosabani Block 2.40

Safe Drinking water


Provided Drinking water facilities at the village sites as per request of the Community people. 280 families benefited.

Matigora, Kumirmuri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Jamsole, Rangamatia, Tambajuri & Locoline under Mosabani Block

17.50

Solar Energy Provision of solar light

35 nos. Solar street light (LED based) installed in project villages as per request of the Community people.

Matigora, Kendadih, , Surda, Benasole, Sohda, Jamsole, Tambajuri village under Mosabani Block & Kitadih village of Ghatsila Block

12.00

Plantation Maintenance of Plantation

Replenished about 3000 nos. damaged plants at the existing plantation site at Surda and River side Moubhandar.

Surda village under Mosabani Block and Moubhandar River Side. 0.56

Total 59.44



Chapter-5 Page 156



Numbers of Beneficiaries covered (families, UG, SHGs, or individuals) Villages covered Amount spent

(Rs. in lakhs)

Livelihood

SWI Method of wheat cultivation

38 farmers among 2 user groups adopted SWI method and got more than 2 times yield than traditional methods. Apart from that farmers were provided modern agricultural equipment free of cost.

Kumirmuri & Chapri village under Mosabani Block. 2.92

Handloom Weaving unit (Existing)

50 women engaged in Handloom weaving & generated employment opportunity. Matigora &Terenga village under Mosabani Block 2.50

Hand gloves Making Unit (Existing)

53 women engaged in Hand gloves making unit & empowered for income generation. Matigora &Terenga village under Mosabani Block 1.50

Women & youth Empowerment

Strengthening & capacity building of SHGs & user groups

3 batches training conducted among 92 SHGs members for self development & IG activities.

Matigora, Surda & Terenga village under Mosabani Block. 0.12

Exposure visit to various fields

2 batches exposure visit completed for farmers & SHG members in agricultural development activity & handloom weaving at Ranchi & Jamshedpur.

Matigora, Terenga & Surda village under Mosabani Block. 0.47



Chapter-5 Page 157



(Rs. in lakhs)

Health & sanitation

E- health centre, Surda (Sohda)

E- health Telemedicine Centre set up at Surda (Sohda) village in association with Asia Heart Foundation Trust of their local unit NH Brahmanand Narayana Multispecialty Hospital, Jamshedpur and HP. Diagnostic as well as specialist coverage being extended to the rural people of the adjoining areas. Special camps organised i.e. bi-monthly and medicines are also supplied to the patients free of cost.

Surda (Sohda) village under Mosabani Block 1.93

Rural medical camp

2964 nos. patients treated through Mobile Medical Unit (MMU) at project village Health camps. Medicines were supplied free of cost. 12 Nos. camps conducted in convergence with National Rural Health Mission (NHRM) MMU in the project village.

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Benasole & Sohda, Jamsole, Rangamatia & Tambajuri village under Mosabani block and Amainagar & Kitadih & Bhadudih village under Ghatsila Block.

5.48

Eye/dental camp

105 nos. patients were identified having cataract problems. Operation was done at Purnima Netralaya, Jamshedpur & all cases re-gained their vision after successful operation.

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Benasole & Sohda, Jamsole, Rangamatia & Tambajuri village under Mosabani block and Amainagar & Kitadih & Bhadudih village under Ghatsila Block.

Veterinary camp 19415 domestic animals treated with medicines through 30 vets camps. 902 beneficiaries of the project villages were benefited.

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Benasole & Sohda, Jamsole, Rangamatia & Tambajuri village under Mosabani block and Amainagar & Kitadih & Bhadudih village under Ghatsila.

1.71



Chapter-5 Page 158



(Rs. in lakhs) Support for household latrine

Household latrine facilities provided to 40 families in one village to stop open defecation. Tambajuri village under Forest Block of Mosabani. 7.40

Sports Training of youth, sport items & tournament

Basuki Singh Memorial Mega Cricket Tournament for rural youths organised. For all project villages 3.25

Education Repair of KV, Surda Repair of KV building at Surda

KV, Surda runs under Civil sector and Dy. Commissioner (DC), East Singhbhum, Jamshedpur is the Chairman of Vidhyalaya Managing Committee (VMC).

34.76

Furniture for school/ college Furnitures to the School & College were provided. Kendadih, Chapri, Roam, Lawkeshra (Surda)

village under Mosabani Block. 2.63

Safe Drinking water


Drinking water facilities for the community people with the complete support of boring, structure pump water etc. 250 families benefited.

Roam, Terenga, Surda, Tambajuri, Rangamatia, Jamsole & Banalapa, Amainagar under Mosabani Block village of Ghatsila Block

16.80

Solar Energy Provision of solar street light

25 nos. Solar street light (LED based) installed in project villages at the selected site decided by Community people in the respective villages.

Matigora, Roam, Kumirmuri, Chapri, Kendadih, Terenga, Surda, Jamsole, Rangamatia, Tambajuri, & Amainagar under Mosabani Block , Panchpadav, Kitadih & Bhadudih village of Ghatsila Block.

8.00

Plantation Maintenance of Plantation

Weeding and cleaning of existing plantation site at Surda Surda site under Mosabani Block 0.86

Misc. & Contingency Head

Skill improvement of Backward & Dropout children

251 dropout Girl child are identified for skill improvement through Reading Skill Centers. 10 rural women engaged as part time Tutor.

Matigora, Kumirmuri, Roam, Terenga, Chapri, Kendadih(Chakulia) Aminagar village under Mosabani Block and Kitadih & Bhadudih under Ghatsila Block.

2.53



Chapter-5 Page 159



(Rs. in lakhs) Toilets in Schools under Swachh Vidhyalaya Abhiyan of Govt. of India

Construction/ repairement of New Toilets in Schools/ College

30 Schools in 5 Districts of Jharkhand (i.e. Dhanbad, Bokaro, Purbi Singhbhum, Seraikella and Pachmi Singhbhum) were assigned by the MHRD, for construction & repair of toilets under Swachh Vidhyalaya Abhiyan of Govt. of India.

53.42

Sub Total 146.28



Chapter-5 Page 160

In addition to the above HCL undertakes the following for local villagers’ benefit:

• In case of direct manpower required for mining and mineral handling operations, local people are employed as much as possible subject to rules and procedures in vogue in HCL.

• Mining and mineral handling involve transportation activity for day to day operation. Substantial amount of revenue is generated by transportation activities along with employment e.g. labour, helper etc. Project authorities give preference to local people while engaging contractors for material transportation or at least for loading and unloading.

5.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk assessment has been carried out for the proposed expansion of Surda mine, and based on the same, disaster management plan has been prepared which is as follows:

During the operation of the underground mine, following risks have been identified.

1. Roof fall in the pit 2. Subsidence 3. Mine inundation 4. Fly rock from blasting operations 5. Fire (electrical and oil). 6. Possible Danger due to storage and handling of explosives

5.3.1 Roof Fall in the Pit

Accidents due to roof-fall occur in mines due to:

• Excessive weight of superincumbent strata • Relative directions of cleats and headings • Inadequate support • Workings approaching faults or other disturbed strata • Zones of high concentration while working near worked out area

In the underground mine, working has been planned in a manner such that excessive weight is not generated in roof strata. Rock strength parameters (as given in tables below) indicate that superincumbent strata are competent. Roof bolting shall be carried out in stopes to bind the immediate strata. The worked out stopes are / will be stowed with mill tailings. Adequate support system shall be adopted for supporting drives, junctions and other work places. All relevant stipulations as specified in Mines Regulations and Acts shall be strictly adhered to. IIT Kharagpur has been



Chapter-5 Page 161

entrusted with the work of formulating adequate support system and subsidence prevention. Design parameters for post pillar stopes are as follows:

Vertical Level Interval : 37.5 m Length of stope along the strike: 100 m approx. Size of Post pillars : 4 x 4 m Spacing of post pillars

• Along the dip : 9 m • Along the strike : 13 m

Temporary support design Rock bolts : 1.5 m long; 15 x 1.5 m spacing Cable bolts : For sheared ground in 2.5 x 2.5 m spacing

Barrier Pillar thickness : 4 m Sill Pillar thickness : 5 m

Photo 5.b: Stope in Surda Mine filled with mill tailings



Chapter-5 Page 162

Photo 5.c: Hangwall Supported by Grouted Bolt in Surda Mine

5.3.2 Subsidence

Surface subsidence is not expected because hydraulic stowing is practiced in conjunction with Cut and Fill method and also due to high in-situ rock strength (as indicated in the tables below) and sufficient depth cover. Additionally, depending on situation ore pillar is left, if required, between hanging wall and footwall. IIT Kharagpur has been entrusted with the work of subsidence prevention. No surface subsidence has been observed as yet due to working since 1956. In their preliminary report IIT Kharagpur has indicated that no surface subsidence is expected in the expansion or post expansion phase. Detailed Subsidence study report is awaited.

The rock strength parameters of Surda mine as studied in CIMFR (erstwhile CMRS) are in Tables 5.6 and 5.7:

Table 5.6: Engineering Classification of Rock Mass

Sample Rock Mass Quality Rock Mass Rating

Weighted Mean (Q)

Avg. Rock Quality

Weighted Mean (RMR)

Avg. Rock Quality

A 11.849 Good 64.852 Good B 11.474 Good 65.062 Good C 10.682 Good 62.572 Good D 10.774 Good 63.803 Good E 15.038 Good 66.991 Good



Chapter-5 Page 163

Table 5.7: Compressive Strength of Rock Samples Sample

No. Compressive strength

(kg/ cm2) Young’s Modulus

(kg/ cm2) 1 697 0.7 x 105 2 484 1.3 x 105 3 526 1.3 x 105 4 363 0.9 x 105 5 642 1.4 x 105 6 484 1.05 x 105 7 473 0.9 x 105 8 610 0.86 x 105

Average 535 1.05 x 105

CIMFR (Erstwhile CMRI) had carried out a study on measurement of deformation in post pillar at Surda mine. The findings of the study reveal that rock behavior remained unchanged.

In one of the post pillar at 9L/300S a strain gauge based remote borehole extensometer was installed. The extensometer developed by National geophysical Research Institute (NGRI) was reliable and very sensitive (calibration factor = 66.4 microstrains per mm of movement). The extensometer rod was anchored at the centre of the pillar and the instrumented edge was fixed at the adge of the pillar. The lateral deformation of the pillar was monitored for a period of 560 days. During the first 130 days after installation (unfilled stope) a gradual expansion of the pillar to a maximum of 9 mm was recorded. After filling the stope the recorded deformation was reduced from 9 to 5 mm due to lateral hydraulic pressure of the filled slurry. Subsequently after the fill settled the deformation gradually increased to 9 mm and remained almost steady without further expansion. The observation confirmed that there was no further yield after of the pillar after filling.

5.3.3 Inundation

In an underground mine, inundation occurs due to:

• Weak ground below surface water body leading to water entering mine • Work zone may be overlain by water bearing strata and pillar fractures

and faulty roof may admit water • Surface water may enter through inclines, shafts or adits • Contact with old water logged workings in the vicinity

In case of Surda mine, the existing mine entries are located on a hill slope with necessary precautions for preventing storm water flowing down the hill slope from entering the mine.



Chapter-5 Page 164

Following precautionary measures are undertaken in Surda Mine: • A minimum distance of 60 m is maintained between mine workings and

water. • A careful assessment of the danger of inundation from surface water is

made before onset of monsoon season every year and adequate precautions against such dangers are implemented.

• Effectiveness of precautions, obstructions in normal drainage system etc. are checked regularly. During rainy season, blockage of drains may occur, which needs to be cleared.

• Every entrance into the mine is more than 3.5 m above the High Flood Level (HFL) at that point.

• Fixation of danger mark of water level and effectiveness of communication are taken care of.

• Standing orders for withdrawal of persons from mine in case of apprehended danger have been framed and enforced.

• The mine has adequate pumping capacity. Standby pumping arrangements are also available.

5.3.4 Blasting related hazards at underground work zone

All precautions related to blasting, as prescribed in Metalliferrous Mines Regulation, 1961 and circulars issued from time to time by Director General of Mines safety (DGMS), will be followed before, after and during the blasting operations.

5.3.5 Fire

Spillage of HSD and resultant fire constitutes a potential risk. At the mine there are no HSD storage facilities. No diesel powered machinery is used underground. HSD is present only in the tanks of vehicles operating at the surface. The quantity of the maximum fuel oil which can spill is not much and can be easily controlled. Sufficient nos. of portable fire-extinguishers have been provided in office buildings, stores below ground machinery, electrical sub- stations and especially at strategic locations near the fuel store, and DG sets to take care of any eventuality. The distribution and selection of extinguishers has been done in accordance with the requirements of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS): 2190-92.

All areas have been covered by manual protection system i.e. portable extinguishers, sand buckets. In addition to above, a fire station with one fire engine has been set up. In emergencies, if necessary additional fire fighting resources can be made available from HCL’s Moubhandar plant. Other extensive fire fighting facilities are available at Jamshedpur.

The Fire Station has following facilities:

• Fire Fighting agents



Chapter-5 Page 165

• Fire Fighting equipment • Mobile Fire Fighting Equipment • Safety equipments like fire shoes, fire blankets, breathing apparatus, portable

detectors. • Centralised Fire Alarm Panel • Supervisory and control panels • Emergency communication

As soon as any fire is reported the shift-in-charge shall assume the function of disaster controller. In case of serious fire and depending on the gravity of the situation, the Mines Manager / General Manager (ICC) may be summoned to assume charge. Personnel trained in dealing with fires will be summoned. Meanwhile the hospital will be informed to standby to handle casualties. The fire area will be cordoned off till the fire is fully extinguished and remain so until all wreckage and debris is cleared away.

5.3.6 Danger due to Storage and Handling of Explosives

Surda has two explosive magazines. The magazine at Surda 3 shaft area has the capacity to store 450 kg explosives, 7000 m of safety fuses and 4000 detonators. The magazine at South Surda 4 Shaft area has the capacity to store 907 kg explosives, 14000 m safety fuses, 8000 detonators and 5000 m detonating fuse. Adequate safety zones have been provided as per statutory requirements while locating the magazines. The magazines have been constructed as per plans approved by Dept of Explosives, which include:

• All dry vegetation within a 15 m radius has been cleared. • Lightning arrestor has been installed on the magazine roofs. • A safety zone of prescribed width around the magazines has been created. • In summer, the temperature inside the magazines is monitored to guard

against spontaneous fire. • The manufacturing dates of all explosives stored in the magazines are

carefully recorded so that no explosive whose shelf life has expired is kept in stock.

All workers have been informed that in case of any fire, whosever notices the fire will sound the alarm and inform the shift-in-charge. The shift-in-charge will inform security personnel and arrange to evacuate all personnel, except those who are required for fire fighting, from the area. The fire brigade shall be summoned to deal with the emergency. Concerned district officials will be informed. The hospital will be informed to standby to handle casualties. At Surda Mine a Pit Safety Committee (PSC) has been constituted to supervise safety issues. The composition of the PSC and its duties has been described in Chapter 4 (under Clause 4.7.2).

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme



Chapter-6 Page 166

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures envisaged are critical activities in implementation of the expansion project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are performed according to the plan. This provides necessary feedback for project management to keep the program on schedule. The purpose of the environmental monitoring plan is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project is achieved and accrues desired benefit.

To ensure the effective implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, the broad objectives of monitoring plan are:

• To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP. • To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment • To suggest improvements in environmental management plan, if required • To enhance environmental quality. • To implement and manage the mitigation measures defined in EMP. • To undertake compliance monitoring of the proposed project operation and

evaluation of mitigation measure.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES TO BE MONITORED

6.2.1 General

Several measures have been proposed in the environmental mitigation measures for mitigation of adverse environmental impacts. These shall be implemented as per proposal and monitored regularly to ensure compliance to environmental regulation and also to maintain a healthy environmental condition around the mine.

Major part of the sampling and measurement activity shall be concerned with long term monitoring aimed at providing an early warning of any undesirable changes or trends in natural environment that could be associated with the mining activity. It is essential to determine whether the changes are in response to a cycle of climatic conditions or are due to impact of the mining activities. In particular, a monitoring strategy shall be chalked out to ensure that all environmental resources, which may be subjected to contamination, are kept under review and hence monitoring of the individual elements of the environment shall be carried out.

A dedicated department, called the Environmental Cell (EC) shall be formed to look after all environmental aspects, including regulatory matters, of the mine. During the operational phase, the EC shall undertake all the monitoring work to ensure the effectiveness of environmental mitigation measures. The suggestions given in the Environmental Monitoring Programme shall be implemented by the EC by following an implementation schedule.



Chapter-6 Page 167

A dedicated Mine Environmental Committee (MEC) shall be formed to look after the environmental issues pertaining to the mine’s environment. The MEC shall include engineers, geologist, surveyor, Environmental Engineer, Chemist, Medical Officer, Training Officer, Occupational Health In-charge, workmen, workers’ union representatives etc.

In case of any alarming variation in ground level concentration of pollutants in ambient air, work zone air, noise, roof failure, condition of garland drains, retaining walls, mine water sump, etc. shall be discussed by MEC with the Pit Safety Committee and concerned mine authorities (on a monthly basis) . Any variance from norms is reported for immediate rectification action at higher management level.

The environmental attributes to be monitored to ensure proper implementation and effectiveness of various mitigation measures envisaged / adopted during the expansion plan are described here under.

6.2.2 Maintenance of Drainage System

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all garland drains/catch drains. The drains leading to the nearby streams shall be regularly checked and cleaned to ensure their effectiveness. This maintenance shall be rigorous during the monsoon season.

6.2.3 Meteorology

It is necessary to monitor the meteorological parameters regularly for assessment and interpretation of air quality data. Continuous monitoring will also help in emergency planning and disaster management. The mining complex shall have a designated automatic weather monitoring station. The following data shall be recorded and archived:

- Wind speed and direction - Rainfall - Temperature and humidity

6.2.4 Green Belt Development & Plantation

Green belt development vis-à-vis safety zone management and progressive plantation in and around the mining complex shall continue to improve the green cover in the area. The data on area of green cover, survival rate etc shall be compiled for periodic review. The following plan shall be made for future program:

• Annual plans for tree plantation with specific number of trees to be planted shall be made. The fulfillment of the plan is monitored by the MEC every six months.

• A plan for post plantation care will be reviewed in every monthly meeting. Any abnormal death rate of planted trees shall be investigated.



Chapter-6 Page 168

• Watering of the plants, manuring, weeding, hoeing will be carried out for minimum 3 years.

6.2.5 Occupational Health and Safety

Presently at Surda Mine, routine medical examination of personnel is being carried out in a systematic program at the company’s hospital. The same procedure will be followed for personnel working in the expanded mine. A systematic programme for medical check-up at regular intervals shall be followed for all workers to ascertain any changes in health condition due to the working conditions.

6.2.6 Socio-Economic Development

HCL’s successful CSR activity has played a significant role in the peripheral development of the region. The expansion project will further improve the infra-structure & economic conditions leading to overall socio economic development of the region. The communities, which are benefited by the mines, are thus one of the key stakeholders for the mining project. HCL has planned structured interactions with the community to disseminate the measures taken by HCL and also to elicit suggestions for overall improvement for the development of the area.

6.2.7 Effluent Quality

At present, water from the mine sump is being monitored regularly for standard effluent quality parameters. In the expansion phase also, the same process will be followed.

6.2.8 Air Quality

In the existing mine, work zone air quality is being monitored at two locations: Near Shaft No. 3 and Near Shaft No. 4. Particulate matter, SO2 and NOx are being monitored. In future air quality will be monitored at additional locations like near Shaft No. 5 (new vertical shaft), u/g stopes, near grizzlies, u/g crusher etc.

Ambient air quality will be monitored regularly by HCL at 4 locations in accordance with JSPCB guidelines. One station will be set up at Surda Village (i.e. within the mine lease), two along the route to Mosabani Concentrator plant and one station will be set up as a control station.

6.2.9 Noise

Ambient noise shall be monitored at six locations all along the outer periphery of the core zone once in a month.

Work zone noise levels shall be monitored at the source of generation in and around the mines area at u/g stopes, u/g crusher, grizzlies, ore handling area at the surface, mine office and workshop. The MEC shall keep a record of noise levels and take



Chapter-6 Page 169

necessary organizational actions like rotation of workmen, availability and use of personal protective devices etc.

6.2.10 Surface Water Monitoring

Samples at different places on Subarnarekha River, Kankuram Nala, Gharaduba Nala and Surda Nala (upstream & downstream w.r.t. the mine lease) shall be taken for water quality monitoring to ascertain the trend of variation in the water quality. In case any adverse trend is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken.

6.2.11 Ground Water Monitoring

Ground water is sampled from up gradient and down gradient w.r.t. the mine site to check for possible contamination and to ascertain the trend of variation in the water quality. In case any adverse trend is noticed, immediate remedial measures shall be taken. A total of five samples shall be monitored once in a month for the critical parameters.

6.2.12 Surface subsidence monitoring

Although mining is being carried out at Surda lease since last 60 years no surface subsidence has been noted anywhere on surface, as yet. A subsidence pillar shall be installed and regular monitoring shall be logged.

6.3 MONITORING PLAN

6.3.1 General

The target for the MEC for implementing the environmental monitoring plan on a short-term basis would be to:

1. Interpret requirements of the EIA documentation into an environmental education plan;

2. Assist engineering team with the incorporation of EMP requirements in contract specifications and contract terms and conditions;

3. Undertake and/or co-ordinate all internal compliance monitoring and evaluation and external monitoring through suitable outside consulting firm;

4. Advice the top management on all matters related to environmental requirements of the project;

5. Provide all necessary specialized environmental expertise as needed during the project period.

The long-term objective of MEC would be to build environmental awareness and support, both within and outside the mine lease area. The other long-term tasks would be to develop environmental training program for the target groups of different disciplines of the mines.

The environmental monitoring plan contains:



Chapter-6 Page 170

Performance indicators Environmental monitoring program Progress of Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements Budgetary provisions Procurement Schedules

6.3.2 Performance Indicators

The physical, biological and social components identified to be particularly significant in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as Performance Indicators (PIs). The performance indicators will be evaluated under two heads: a) Environmental condition indicators to determine efficiency of environmental

management measures in control of air, noise and water pollution b) Environmental management indicators to determine compliance with the

suggested environmental management measures.

The Performance Indicators and monitoring plans will be prepared for the project for effective monitoring.

6.3.3 Environmental Monitoring Program

The Environmental Monitoring Plan during the expansion phase of the project, for each of the environmental condition indicator is given in Table 6.1.

The monitoring plan specifies:

Parameters to be monitored Location of the monitoring sites Mitigation measures & cost Applicable standards Institutional responsibilities for implementation and supervision



Chapter-6 Page 171

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Programme Environmental Issue/ Impacts Mitigation Measure Approximate Location Implementation Implementation

1. Meteorology Meteorological parameters through a continuously monitoring system. Near Mine office MEC Top management

2. Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality with respect to RPM, SO2, NOx shall be monitored

1 control station in upwind side and remaining stations in downwind side w.r.t mine

MEC Top management

3. Work zone Air Quality Work zone Air Quality with respect to RPM, SO2, NOx shall be monitored

In u/g working areas, surface ore handling areas, near shafts and at workshop.

MEC Top management

4. Ambient Noise Periodic measurement with Noise meter

At nearby villages/settlements alongside the haul road MEC Top management

5. Work zone Noise levels Periodic measurement with Noise meter

In u/g working areas, surface ore handling areas, near shafts and at workshop.

MEC Top management

6. Surface Water Quality

Changes in surface water quality will be monitored by water quality analysis.

In the up-stream and down stream w.r.t. the lease in Surda nala, MEC Top management

7. Ground Water Quality

Changes in ground water quality will be monitored by water quality analysis.

Changes in ground water quality will be monitored in the up-gradient and down gradient w.r.t. mine

MEC Top management

8. Solid Waste generation, waste rock dumping

Waste rock generated during mining operations will be used for stowing. Waste rock generated during sinking of new shaft will be dumped externally within lease.

Barren lands within ML Mine manager/

Surveyors / Safety Officer

Top management

9. Roof fall Regular examination will be carried out to look for roof fall in u/g mine U/g mine

Mine manager/ Surveyors /

Safety Officer

Top management



Chapter-6 Page 172

10. Surface subsidence Stowing, Roof support Worked out stopes Mine manager/

Surveyors Top management

11. Maintenance of Storm Water Drainage System

The drains will be periodically cleared to maintain storm water flow.

Drainage network within the lease area. Civil Maint. Dept., Top management

12. Green Belt and progressive afforestation

Progressive afforestation, green belt development & maintenance of safety zone. Planting trees in the open area MEC

Top management

13. Occupational Health Health check up, Training

Workers at Mine site, workshop, crusher & other units in the premises.

Works Hospital Top management

14. CSR Activities Structured interactions with the community Stake Holders Personnel Dept. / MEC,

Top management

Note: EMP = Environmental Management Plan, MEC = Mine Environmental Committee of Surda Mine, CSR = Corporate Social Responsibility, SPM = suspended particulate matter, RPM = Respirable particulate matter, SO2 = Sulphur di-oxide, NOX = nitrogen oxides



Chapter-6 Page 173

6.3.4 Environmental Laboratory

At present, the environmental monitoring is outsourced. However, as in addition to expanding Surda Mine, HCL is planning to reopen some its closed mines in the area as well. Hence it is proposed to set up a dedicated environmental laboratory to carry out the necessary environmental monitoring for all the projects. The instruments / equipment required for the laboratory are listed in Table 6.2.

Table 6.2: Equipment Required for Environmental Laboratory Sl. No.

Equipment Numbers Required

1 PM10 Sampler 4 2 Spectro-photometer 1 3 Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer 1 4 Noise Meter 1 5 pH Meter 2 6 Flame Photometer 1 7 BOD Incubator 1 8 COD Digester 1 9 Magnetic Stirrer 1 10 Balance (Analytical – Electrical) 2 11 Muffle Furnaces 1 12 Autoclave 1 13 Water Distillation Apparatus 1 14 Glass Ware Lot 15 Hot Plates 2

6.3.5 Progress Monitoring and Reporting Arrangements

The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Monitoring Plan get implemented in the project. The monitoring and evaluation of the management measures are critical activities in implementation of the project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback for the project management to keep the program on schedule. The rational for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project. Important reports to be maintained for environmental monitoring plan are given in Table 6.3.



Chapter-6 Page 174

Table 6.3: Important reports to be maintained for Environmental Monitoring Plan Sl. No. Particulars

1. Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals 2. Field monitoring results for air, water, noise, meteorology 3. Complaint register (environmental pollution) 4. Format to record /monitor plantation measures 5. Environmental and related standards/norms 6. Code of actions for pollution control in defined areas 7. Periodic Medical examination (PME) records 8. Inspection records of roof fall, drainage, socioeconomic development 9. Records on water and electricity consumption 10. Periodic progress records 11. Environmental audit records 12. Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution

control

6.3.6 Emergency Procedures

Suitable emergency procedures will be formulated and implemented during mining operations tackling of emergency situations arising out of the proposed expansion operations. Procedures for the following emergency situations shall be formulated:

Roof fall Fire Possible danger due to storage and handling of explosives

6.3.7 Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Monitoring Plan

The capital cost for expansion of Surda Mine has been estimated to be Rs. 203 crores (Rupees Two hundred and three crores), which will be spent over five years.

The updated capital cost and recurring cost (per annum) for the environmental facilities for the proposed expansion of the existing underground mining project works out to Rs. 157 lakhs (Rupees One Crore and Fifty-seven lakhs) and Rs. 104 lakhs (Rupees One Crore and four lakhs per year) respectively, based on price prevailing during last quarter of 2014. The orders of costs are presented under various headings in Table 6.4.



Chapter-6 Page 175

Table 6.4: Cost of environmental protection measures*

Activities Recurring cost (Lakhs Rs./yr)

Capital cost (Lakhs Rs.)

Pollution control 28 30a Pollution monitoring 30 110b Occupational safety 12 15c Green belt & plantations 4 2 Socio-economic welfare measures in nearby villages

30 -

Total 104 157 *Cost of mine closure plan (indicated in the Mining Plan report) has not been included here.

Note : a = Surface drainage (garland drains, settlement pits, retaining wall etc.) + dust

suppression system. b = Cost of Setting up environmental laboratory.

c = Procurement of safety appliances

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND MONITORING

6.4.1 HCL Environment Management Policy and System

Hindustan Copper Limited is fully committed to the concept of operating in an environment-friendly atmosphere. In addition to the environmental protection measures that were in-built with the original project, additional steps have been taken to conform to its Environment Policy (Annexure 6.1) and all other regulatory standards prescribed by the Pollution Control authorities.

The ambient air quality is regularly monitored at the mines, process plants and residential areas of all units. The air pollution control projects, which were commissioned previously for meeting Pollution Control Board standards for gaseous emission from smelters and other plants, continued to be operational. An environment audit has been carried out during the year through an expert agency. Remedial measures based on their recommendations are being implemented at all the units.

Effluent treatment facilities installed at the units of the Company worked satisfactorily during the year and met regulatory norms set by State Pollution Control Boards. Recycling of process-discharged water after treatment also continued throughout the year. Solid waste from plants and hospitals was properly treated and safely disposed off or stored. To protect the environment and maintain ecological balance in the surrounding areas, Company undertakes tree plantation in and around its production units on a regular basis. Further, measures have also been taken to protect flora and fauna. Stress was given on housekeeping, cleanliness, hygiene and safety throughout the year at all units. Environment related workshops and seminars were conducted during the year.



Chapter-6 Page 176

6.4.2 Organizational Structure & Responsibility

In addition to regular operational roles & responsibilities defined for the HCL personnel directly or indirectly have a role to play towards effective environment management in Surda mining project. All personnel responsible for environment management at the mining project will be responsible for implementing the policy and the environment management plan. The entire HCL team will co-operate with government agencies and other stakeholders who may have environmental concerns with the project. The non-compliance reporting and action plan flow chart is illustrated as Fig. 6.1.

Any employee who observes any unsafe working condition or non-compliance of safety standard / procedure shall report the same to his supervisor. The Supervisor shall report the same to the Safety Officer who in turn shall inform the Mine Manager. The Mine Manager shall inform the higher management. Depending on the magnitude / extent of the non-compliance, the concerned authority shall take appropriate action.

Non-compliance of environmental standards / guidelines shall be first reported to the Environmental Officer, who shall inform the Mine Manager and so on.

Fig. 6.1: Non Compliance Reporting Protocol

Observer of Non Compliance (Safety)

Mine Supervisor

Safety Officer

Mine Manager

General Manager (ICC)

Director (Mining)

Chairman cum Managing Director

Environment Officer

Observer of Non Compliance (Environment)

Board of Directors



Chapter-6 Page 177

6.5 UPDATING OF EMP

The directives from JSPCB, MoEFCC and the regulations in force at any time shall govern the periodicity of monitoring. However it is suggested that the implementation of various measures recommended in the Environmental Monitoring Programme be taken as target to effectively implement the measures for continual improvement in environmental performance.

Chapter 7: Administrative Aspects of EMP Implementation



Chapter-7 Page 178

7.0 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF EMP IMPLEMENTATION

7.1 ORGANIZATION POLICY

The importance of environmental control has been recognized by of HCL and it has taken necessary steps to identify and control pollution in the mine, and also in the peripheral areas.

Environment Management has been declared as one of thrust areas of operation. To abate pollution, the mine has adopted the following strategy: which is as follows:

Developing a well organized monitoring / analysis and inspection setup. Augmenting existing pollution control systems wherever required.

In line with HCL’s commitment for environmental protection, the mine strives to:

i) Conduct mining, and processing operation in compliance with relevant environmental legislations and regulations.

ii) Periodic pollution monitoring. iii) Modernization of occupational health set up including regular medical

monitoring of employees and villagers in the vicinity of the project. iv) A well developed safety management organization, v) Preparation of Emergency/Disaster Control plan and a properly trained

group to meet the emergency situations, vi) Green belt development in and around the mine and township. vii) Increasing the awareness in employees and villagers specially students

towards environmental preservation. viii) Periodical review of the System for continual improvement.

The mine is giving increasing importance for adopting latest technologies for keeping the pollution to minimum levels possible. It is proposed to have a dedicated Mine Environmental Committee which will look after all environmental aspects of the mine.

7.2 ORGANISATIONAL SET UP

7.2.1 Manpower

As mentioned in Chapter 6, a separate Environmental Cell (EC) will be formed at the mine. The EC of the mine will be headed by an environmental engineer who will be designated as “Environmental Officer”. In his day to day work he will be assisted by chemists, laboratory assistants and other staff. Services of retired forest officials will be taken for effective implementation of plantation schemes. For development and maintenance of jobs like drainage, clearing settling pits etc. assistance from the mine’s civil engineering department are taken. The officers of the MEC will meet frequently to assess



Chapter-7 Page 179

the progress and analyze the data collected during the preceding fortnight/ month Total manpower of MEC is shown in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Manpower requirement at EEC Description Nos Environmental Engineer 1 Chemist 2 Laboratory assistants 2 Field assistant 2 Gardeners 2 Labourers 2

The duties of EC include the following:

• Overseeing that environmental control measures are implemented as per approved plan

• Plannig for conservation of water and energy • Identifying and recording the constraints in respect of environmental planning

and implementation • Systematically documenting and maintaining records w.r.t environmental issues • Organizing field monitoring of environmental quality through accredited laboratory • Monitoring of green belt and plantation development • Compliance of environmental regulations and specific stipulations of regulatory

authorities • Communication with concerned department (of the mine) on environmental

issues. The same are also discussed with the top management of the company. • Interaction and liaison with State / Central government departments / agencies.

For successful implementation of the environmental management plan other agencies of the State may also be involved by the mine if required (for regulatory requirement or technical support).

7.2.2 Training

For the proposed expansion project, additional training facilities will be developed for environmental control. For proper implementation of the EMP, the officials responsible for EMP implementation will be trained accordingly.

The training will be given to employees to cover the following fields:

Awareness of pollution control and environmental protection to all. Operation and maintenance of specialized pollution control equipment. Operation and maintenance of specialized environment monitoring instruments Knowledge of norms, regulations and procedures. Occupational health/safety. Disaster management.



Chapter-7 Page 180

Environmental management. Afforestation / plantation and post care of plants. Risk assessment and Disaster Management.

Chapter 8: Benefits of the Project



Chapter-8 Page 181

8.0 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

Following benefits will accrue from this expansion project:

Facilitates continued operation of Hindustan Copper Limited’s Indian Copper Complex

Indian Copper Complex (ICC) comprises of a copper smelter and refinery at Ghatsila along with captive copper ore mines and a concentrator plant at Mosabani. Out of the 4-mines of ICC only Surda mine was operational however, at present mine is closed since September 2014. Mosabani concentrator plant is underutilized for want of feedstock. This is affecting ICC’s operating economics. The proposed capacity expansion of Surda mine is expected to change all that for the better.

Utilisation of existing infrastructures

Although substantial jump of ROM capacity has been planned but most of the infrastructure required already exists at the site as the mine is operating since the 1950s. The desired increase in production will be achieved by increasing the utilization of the existing machineries and deploying additional machineries.

Strong employment generation potential

The project has strong positive employment and income effects, both direct as well as indirect. In case of direct manpower required for mining and mineral handling operations, local people are employed as much as possible subjected to rules and procedures in vogue in HCL.

Mining and mineral handling involve transportation activity for day to day operation. Substantial amount of revenue is generated by transportation activities along with employment e.g. labour, helper etc. Project authorities give preference to local people while engaging contractors for material transportation.

A section of local youth are trained in phases so that they can take up some jobs (mining contractorship, building contractorship, supply of mining materials and also small scale rural business developments) of their own (self employment) or in mines (on contract basis) or elsewhere.

Peripheral development and creation of social capital

HCL takes an active role in CSR activities for peripheral development of the region.

The expansion project shall strengthen the socio economic level of the predominantly rural region. Examples of a few of the works already undertaken by HCL have been listed in Table 5.2 and described under clause 5.1.1 (chapter 5). HCL spends a considerable amount of money every year for various community welfare schemes around Surda. During the period 2008 – 2014, ~Rs. 500 lakhs was spent towards



Chapter-8 Page 182

various welfare activities. Similar works will be taken every year in consultation with local state government officials and villagers’ elected representatives.

Boost to the local economy

Due to closure of most of the mines forming part of ICC, employment has decreased and this has adversely affected the local economy. The proposed expansion project will reduce unemployment and improve the local economy. There will also be beneficial social impacts.

Boost in agricultural sector

The proposed expansion may help agriculture by way of providing supplementary income which may result in increase investment in agriculture and consequently, agricultural production.

Increased awareness for education

The project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education among the people of the study area.

Revenue to exchequer

The project will generate revenue for central and state exchequer

Chapter 9: Summary and Conclusions



Chapter-9 Page 183

9.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Surda mine of HCL is the one of the sources of copper ore to meet the requirements of the company’s copper smelter at Moubhandar. The smelter was receiving ore from other mines in the region, which are now closed and hence the smelter is unable to utilise its installed capacity fully. In order to produce the increased demand for copper in the country, expansion of the Surda mine has been planned for increasing the production to 0.90 Mt/yr of ROM ore.

Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) finalized Terms of reference for the EIA study during the 28th Meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee for Environmental Impact Assessment of Mining Projects of MOEF&CC held on June 20th -22nd, 2012. The TOR for carrying out EIA /EMP study for Surda mine was approved by MoEFCC’s on 23rd January, 2015. EIA study has been carried out and EMP formulated mainly based on approved TOR and the baseline environmental data generated at site in Post-Monsoon Season, 2012 and Post-Monsoon Season, 2014.

Any developmental project, brings with it hosts of environmental consequences. The present project is also no exception. However, attempt has been made to minimize the environmental consequences and maximize the project benefit by integrating environmental aspects into mine planning.

No additional land will be acquired or leased for the project. Also there will be no change in topography and land use within the lease area as the project is an underground mine. In the preceding chapters best possible management measures have been described.

A number of environmental benefits are inherently ingrained in the Surda mining project which is discussed as follows:

• There is no record of surface subsidence in Surda Mine. Since the rock strength is high and the worked out stopes are stowed with mill tailings and waste rock, surface subsidence does not occur.

• Air quality, water quality and noise levels will not change by any appreciable margin. Thus public health is unlikely to be affected by the proposed expansion project.

• No rehabilitation and resettlement of land oustees are involved in the project since no additional land will be acquired or leased.

• The entire ore off take will be by road as is being done at present. The road by which ore is transported to the processing plant at Mosabani is metalled road in a good state.



Chapter-9 Page 184

• The expanded mine will draw ~53% of its water requirements by utilizing

mine discharge water and treated effluents.

• Since the mining operations at Surda are in vogue since the 1950s, the neighbouring villages in the impact zone are familiar with the operations.

• In fact HCL has most of the infrastructures existing at the location, some augmentation of the same is required for the expansion.

• HCL has participated and committed to participate for improvement of the socio-economic conditions of the local people by generation direct and indirect employment, providing resources for social capital building etc in a significant way.

Keeping in view of the requirement of indigenous copper ore for the growth of India’s electrical equipment manufacturing industry, soundness of the environmental strategy formulated for the project and need for development of the region, implementation of the expansion program is essential.

Chapter 10. Disclosure of Consultants



Chapter-10 Page 185

10.0 DISCLOSURE OF EIA/EMP CONSULTANT

The EIA/EMP report for proposed expansion of Surda mines of M/s. Hindustan Copper Limited has been prepared by MECON Limited, a Public Sector undertaking under the Ministry of Steel, Government of India. MECON Limited is accredited by QCI/NABET for preparing EIA/EMP reports in 16 major sectors, including “Mining of minerals including Opencast/ Underground mining” vide their certificate no. NABET/EIA/1013/031. This certificate was valid up to 30th September, 2013. The validity was extended up to 1st April, 2014 vide NABET’s letter dated Nov. 13, 2013. Re-accreditation Assessment was carried out during 5th - 8th Feb., 2014, and based on the same, accreditation of MECON has been renewed for 16 sectors as and validity has been extended up to 7th Feb., 2017 vide NABET’s letter no. NABET/EIA/RA022/047 dated 14th Oct., 2014.

Table 10.1: Details of sectors accorded to MECON under the QCI-NABET scheme for accreditation of EIA consultant organization

Sr. No.

Sector Number Name of the Sector Category As per

MoEFCC Notification

As per NABET Scheme

1. 1 (a) (i) 1 Mining of minerals including Opencast / Underground mining

A

2. 1 (b) 2 Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration, development & production

A

3. 1 (c) 3 River valley, hydel, drainage and Irrigation projects A 4. 1 (d) 4 Thermal Power Plants A 5. 2 (a) 6 Coal washeries A 6. 2 (b) 7 Mineral beneficiation including pelletization A 7. 3 (a) 8 Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non ferrous) –

both primary and secondary A

8. 3 (b) 9 Cement plants A 9. 4 (b) 11 Coke oven plants A 10. 6 (a) 27 Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and refinery

/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks / sanctuaries / coral reefs / ecologically sensitive areas including LNG terminal

A

11. 6 (b) 28 Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals (as per threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSHIHC Rules 1998 amended 2000

B

12. 7 (b) 30 All ship breaking yards including ship breaking units A 13. 7 (c) 31 Industrial estates / parks / complexes / areas export

processing Zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones A



Chapter-10 Page 186

Sr. No.

Sector Number Name of the Sector Category As per

MoEFCC Notification

As per NABET Scheme

(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

14. 7 (e) 33 Ports, harbours, jetties, marine terminals, break waters and dredging

A

15. 7 (f) 34 Highways, railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport systems

A

16. 8 (b) 39 Township and Area development projects B

Copy of certificate of accreditation of MECON Ltd. by NABET/QCI including reaccreditation is enclosed as Annexure – 10.1. Copy of NABL certificate of CEG Test House and Research House Centre Pvt. Ltd. is enclosed as Annexure – 10.2.

MECON has also been accredited for functional areas. Details of the Functional Area Experts of MECON working in Environmental area are given in Table 10.2.

Table 10.2: Brief description of the Functional Area Experts of MECON Sr. No. Functional area code Functional Area Approved 1. AP Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

2. WP Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts

3. SHW Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management 4. SE Socio-Economics 5. EB Ecology and Biodiversity 6. HG Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation 7. GEO Geology 8. SC Soil Conservation 9. AQ Meteorological, Air Quality Modeling & prediction 10. NV Noise & Vibration 11. LU Land Use studies 12. RH Risk Assessment & hazard Management

All EIA coordinators and Functional area experts involved in this project are in-house experts of MECON.

10.1 PROFILE OF EIA/EMP CONSULTANT

MECON Limited - a Government of India Enterprise under Ministry of Steel (established in 1959), is a premier multi-disciplinary consultancy organization in the country. MECON's corporate office is at Ranchi and has branches at Bengaluru, New Delhi, Bhubaneshwar, Kolkata, Burnpur, Vishakhapatnam, Bhilai, Durgapur, Rourkela, Bokaro, Mumbai etc. and also has its establishment at Lagos, Nigeria etc. MECON



Chapter-10 Page 187

has till date completed ~5000 consultancy and EPC assignments covering wide range of field and services. The company is registered with International financial Institutions like World Bank (WB), Asian Development Bank (ADB), EBRD, ADB, UNIDO etc. MECON is the first engineering and consulting organization in the country to be accredited with ISO 9001 (now ISO 9001: 2000) by RWTUV of Germany.

There are about 36 specialized disciplines to cater to the various technical needs of the industries and infrastructural development. MECON's services include the whole range of work relating to setting up of industrial projects in the field of Environment, power, metallurgy and mining, ferrous and non-ferrous, chemicals/petrochemical and allied engineering complexes including specialized fields, such as, Defence Projects, mints/currency note presses. Services for Environmental engineering are provided to industries through MECON’s Environmental Engineering Division.

MECON entered into the business of Environmental Consultancy during the mid 1980s i.e. at the inception of this field in India. MECON also set up its own environmental engineering laboratory to undertake micro-meteorological, air quality, water quality, noise levels, soil quality and soil quality monitoring. By the time the EIA Notification came into force, MECON had already prepared a number of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan (EIA/EMP) reports for various industries covering Integrated Steel Plants, Thermal Power Plants, Cement Plants, nuclear fuel processing complexes, open-cast / underground Mines (Uranium, Coal, Iron, Manganese, Copper) etc. MECON is also called upon to perform the task of being a consultant-adviser to the Government of India and foreign governments on the technical front.

With this unique back up from independent specialized sections, MECON’s consultancy services in the field of Environmental Engineering & Management includes but not limited to Project Specific EIA/EMP study, Regional EIA Study, ISO:14000 Consultancy, Environmental Audit, Ground water contamination study, Preparation of industry specific norms for CPCB, ETP/STP/Tailing disposal (FR/DPR/DE/Turnkey execution), Socio-Economic study, Environmental Baseline data generation, Environmentally compatible land use zoning, Air Pollution (Dust Suppression & Dust Extraction Systems)/ Water Management, Ecological study (Terrestrial & Aquatic/Marine), Effluent Treatment Plant, Sewage Treatment Plant and Rainwater Harvesting. The Environmental Engineering section of MECON has provided services for more than 400 numbers of projects.

Total manpower strength of MECON is more than 1700. MECON’s Environmental Engineering Section is a multi-disciplinary group of about 25 engineers, specialists and scientists whose services are backed up by a sophisticated Environmental Engineering Laboratory.



Chapter-10 Page 188

MECON’s Environmental Engineering Section is well equipped with various computerized predictive tools required for carrying out environmental studies and participates regularly in inter laboratory quality assessment exercise conducted by CPCB.

Table 10.3: List of Computer models for Environmental Studies Developed in-house

• Multisource Dispersion Model based on Gaussian Model • Screening Model to determine Max. GLC at most unfavorable meteorological condition • Determination of Atmospheric stability • Noise Propagation Model • Subsidence Model (Coal) • Coastal Zone Dispersion Model • Model for preparation of Wind Rose

Procured • USEPA approved models

• Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST) • AEROMOD VIEW for Air Quality prediction • Industrial Point Source Complex Long Term (ISCLT) • Multiple Point Source Model With Terrain Adjustments (MPTER) • Fugitive Dust Model (FDM) • QUAL2E River Model • CALINE – 3 (Highway Model) • Complex Terrain Dispersion Model (CTDM PLUS) • Groundwater Modeling System (GMS) • Surface Water Modeling System (SMS) • Watershed Modeling System (WMS)

• Green Belt Model • Phast Model for Risk Assessment

Environmental division has a sophisticated environmental engineering laboratory equipped with modern state of the art apparatus/instruments for carrying out physico-chemical and biological analysis of environmental parameters. The equipment list is shown as Table 10.4.

Environmental Engineering laboratory of MECON is recognized by Central Pollution Control Board under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and certified with BS OSHAS: 18001: 2007 with Occupational Health and safety management.

Table 10.4: List of Major Equipment at Environmental Laboratory Name of Equipment Model/type

Microwave Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrophotometer Agilent MPAES4200 High Performance Liquid Chromatograph (HPLC) with UV – Vis. YL-9100 Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer ECIL, A AS - 4141 Gas Chromatograph with ECD, NPD and FID Model – Trace Ultra Thermo make



Chapter-10 Page 189

Name of Equipment Model/type Orion autochemistry system with 10 ion selective electrodes ORION-960 ORION Research USA HACH, Portable Laboratory System with DR-2000 Spectrophotometer

HACH, USA

Oil analyser Wilks - USA Spectrophotometers a) UV – Visible Spectrophotometer b) UV – Visible Spectrophotometer

c) Spectrophotometer (Systronics) d) Colorimeter (Systronics)

Make – ECIL Model- UV5704SS Make – Themo Fisher Model- Evolution 201 Sys – 106 Sys – 112

Mercury Analyser MA 5840 E ECIL NDIR based CO analyser Make- Eco Tech, Model Serinus30C0 Flame Photometer AIMIL Indigenous Turbidity Meter HACH- 2000 Conductivity Meter HACH - 2000 pH Meter Lab India-PHAN TKN analyser Pellican Benzene sampler Ecotech Balance a) Top loading macro balance b) Top loading microbalance

Mettler, PE – 3600 Mettler, AE – 240

Water Double distillation unit Make- Bhanu Scientific Autoclave ADCO make Indigenous Autoclave SICO make Ovens a) Mechanically hot air oven (Air convention type) b) Drying oven

SICO ADCO

Muffle Furnace Lab-equipment Aquarium Indigenous Refrigerator Godrej Water distillation assembly (Ordinary) Indigenous High Speed Refrigerator Centrifuge Seval RC5C Sorvall, USA High Speed Research centrifuge TC – 4100D Eltek Eltek medico centrifuge TC – 4155 BOD incubator (Indigenous)- 3 nos. Incubator cum shaker Vikram Scientific (Indigenous) Vacuum filtration pump Indigenous Stop Watch Indigenous Rotary sieve shaker Indigenous Water bath Indigenous Whatman filtration assembly Whatman, UK Laminar air flow system Model–HL-62 Horizontal Laminar



Chapter-10 Page 190

Name of Equipment Model/type Flow, YSI-188

Heating Mantle Indigenous Hot Plate ( Different sizes) Indigenous Magnetic Stirrer with hot plate Indigenous Glass thermometer (different ranges) Indigenous Phenol distillation unit Borosil Gutziet generator for Arsenic Borosil Fluoride distillation assembly Borosil Sox let extraction assembly Borosil Kjeldahl Nitrogen Assembly Borosil Semi-micro nitrogen assembly Borosil Cyanide distillation unit Borosil Fume chamber Modern Lab Interio Flocculator (Jar testing apparatus) Lab equipments Pvt. Ltd.

Annexures

Drawings

IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURDA COPPER MINING...

Documents

Transcript of IMPACT ASSESSEMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SURDA COPPER MINING...